environmental impact assessment report for …kolhar and nizampur village, bidar taluk, bidar...

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd-EIA/EMP report

of 311

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For“EXISTING AND EXPANSION OF BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES,

ACTIVE PHARMACEUTICAL INGREDIENTS, SPECIALITYCHEMICALS AND BIOTECH PRODUCTS MANUFACTURING”

ATPlot No. 50/B, 50/C & 51/A,

Survey No. 305 & 11,Kolhar KIADB Industrial Area,

Kolhar & Nizampur Village,Bidar Taluk,

Bidar District,Karnataka

BYM/s. CHIRAL BIOSCIENCE LTD.

[Project termed under schedule 5(f),Category ‘B’ Synthetic Organic Chemicals.Filed Under: Notification No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March, 2017.ToR vide file no. SEIAA 22 IND (VOIL) 2018, dated 05th July, 2018]

EIA Consultant

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAINABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083

SEPTEMBER 2019


of 311

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,

compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report

on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd, Bidar.

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd,

Mr.Likki Rameshwar Reddy - Director

Mr. Narasimha Reddy - GM Operations

Mr. Subba Reddy - Admin & EHS Dept Head


of 311

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA team in the following capacity that developed

the above EIA with the support of the following Team Members.

EIA Co-ordinator Team Member

Name: Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Name: Mr. Abhishek

Signature: Signature:

Date: 26.09.2019 Date: 26.09.2019

Contact Information:

Hubert Enviro CareSystems Pvt.Ltd.,

# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lion Club School,

Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,

Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.

Email: [email protected]

Website: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts:

S.No.

FunctionalAreas

Name of the Expert SignatureDuration ofInvolvement

1 AP

FAEMr. Vamsee Krishna

Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM

Mr. AbhishekAug 2016 to till

date

Mr. B Harsha VardhanFeb 2018 to till

date

Mr. Tamil Selvan BDec 2017 to till

date

Mr. N. VaradharajanFeb 2018 to till

date


Page 3 of 311







Date: 26.09.2019 Date: 26.09.2019





Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.




S.No.

FunctionalAreas


1 AP


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM


date


date


date


date


Page 3 of 311







Date: 26.09.2019 Date: 26.09.2019





Chennai –600032.

Tamil Nadu, India.




S.No.

FunctionalAreas


1 AP


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM


date


date


date


date


of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


2 AQ

FAE

Dr. J R MosesJuly 2016 to till

date


date

TMMr. Abhishek

Aug 2016 to till

date


date

3 WP


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM


date

Mr. ChengalvarayanSep 2016 to till

date


date


date

4 SHW

FAE

Mr. Vamsee Krishna

Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

Mrs T. Rajani(HW)Feb 2018 to till

date

TM Mrs T. RajaniFeb 2018 to till

date

5 SEFAE

Mr. V. DhivakarDec 2017 to till

date

Mr. A. ManoharanSep 2016 to till

date

6 EBFAE


date

Dr. Rajkumar SamuelJuly 2016 to till

date

Mr. Tamil Selvan B Dec 2017 to till


Page 4 of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


2 AQ

FAE


date


date

TMMr. Abhishek

Aug 2016 to till

date


date

3 WP


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM


date


date


date


date

4 SHW

FAE

Mr. Vamsee Krishna

Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date


date


date

5 SEFAE


date


date

6 EBFAE


date


date



Page 4 of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


2 AQ

FAE


date


date

TMMr. Abhishek

Aug 2016 to till

date


date

3 WP


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM


date


date


date


date

4 SHW

FAE

Mr. Vamsee Krishna

Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date


date


date

5 SEFAE


date


date

6 EBFAE


date


date



of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


date

7 HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao Oct to till date

8 N

FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna

Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date

TM Mr. N. VaradharajanFeb 2018 to till

date

9 LU FAE Mr. N. VaradharajanFeb 2018 to till

date

10 RH

FAEDr. J R Moses

July 2016 to till

date

TMMr. Abhishek.

Aug 2016 to till

date


date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management

SE - Socio-economics

EB - Ecology and biodiversity

HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

N - Noise

LU - Land use

RH - Risk assessment and hazards management


Page 5 of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


date


8 N


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date


date


date

10 RH

FAEDr. J R Moses

July 2016 to till

date

TMMr. Abhishek.

Aug 2016 to till

date


date








N - Noise

LU - Land use



Page 5 of 311

S.No.

FunctionalAreas


date


8 N


Navooru

Oct 2016 to till

date


date


date

10 RH

FAEDr. J R Moses

July 2016 to till

date

TMMr. Abhishek.

Aug 2016 to till

date


date








N - Noise

LU - Land use



of 311

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA for the

“Existing & Expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients,Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products Manufacturing” by M/s Chiral BiosciencesLtd, at Plot.No. 50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB Kolhar Industrial area,Kolhar and Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State. I also confirm

that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Date: 26.09.2019

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai.

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0083 &13.10.2019


of 311

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .....................................................................................................21

1. INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................43

1.1 Project Back ground...........................................................................................................43

1.2 Overview of Chiral Biosciences Ltd.................................................................................47

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report ...................................................................................48

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to theCountry, Region..............................................................................................................................49

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project ....................................................................49

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region .........................51

1.6 Export possibility.................................................................................................................52

1.7 EIA Study.............................................................................................................................52

1.8 EIA Cost...............................................................................................................................52

1.9 Scope of the study .............................................................................................................52

1.10 Objectives of the Study .....................................................................................................55

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study ................................................................................55

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework...................................................................................55

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...........................................................................................62

2.1 Type of Project....................................................................................................................62

2.2 Need for the Project ...........................................................................................................62

2.3 Site Location .......................................................................................................................62

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup ..........................................................................................65

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation ......................................................................................66

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation .....................................................66

2.7 Technology & Process Description..................................................................................67

2.7.1 Process Description ...................................................................................................67

2.7.2 Products Manufactured .............................................................................................67

2.7.3 Detailed Manufacturing process description ..........................................................67

2.8 Storage tank details ...........................................................................................................69

2.9 Raw Materials Requirement .............................................................................................70

2.10 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products ..................76

2.11 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products ..........................................................76


of 311

2.12 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry................77

2.12.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-Use:....................................................................................77

2.12.2 Solvent Recovery System:........................................................................................78

2.13 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Components OfProject, Schematic Representations Of The Feasibility Drawing Giving InformationImportant For Eia Purpose............................................................................................................80

2.13.1 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Componentsof Project......................................................................................................................................80

2.14 Resource Requirements....................................................................................................84

2.14.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning ...........................................................84

2.14.2 Water Requirement ....................................................................................................84

2.14.3 Power and Fuel Requirement...................................................................................88

2.14.4 Manpower Requirement ............................................................................................88

2.15 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management.....................................................................89

2.15.1 Solid Waste Management .........................................................................................89

2.15.2 Hazardous waste Management ...............................................................................89

2.16 Infrastructure facilities........................................................................................................91

2.17 Machinery & Equipment Details .......................................................................................91

2.18 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which Give InformationImportant for EIA Purpose ............................................................................................................92

2.19 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meet theEnvironmental Standards..............................................................................................................93

2.19.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location ......................................................93

2.19.2 Impacts due to changes in land use pattern ..........................................................94

2.20 Construction Phase............................................................................................................94

2.20.1 Land Environment ......................................................................................................95

2.20.2 Air Environment ..........................................................................................................95

2.20.3 Water Environment ....................................................................................................96

2.20.4 Noise Environment .....................................................................................................97

2.20.5 Waste Generation ......................................................................................................98

2.20.6 Ecology ........................................................................................................................98

2.20.7 Social Environment ....................................................................................................98

2.21 OPERATION PHASE ........................................................................................................99

2.21.1 Land Environment ......................................................................................................99

2.21.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................100


of 311

2.21.3 Noise Environment ...................................................................................................102

2.21.4 Water Environment ..................................................................................................103

2.21.5 Biological Environment ............................................................................................107

2.21.6 Solid Waste Management .......................................................................................107

2.22 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk of technological failure 108

3. Description of Environment....................................................................................110

3.1 Preamble ...........................................................................................................................110

3.2 Study Area.........................................................................................................................110

3.3 Description of the Study Area.........................................................................................110

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas..............................................................114

3.5 Physical Conditions..........................................................................................................118

3.5.1 PIA District Profile ....................................................................................................118

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions ..................................................................................................119

3.5.3 Flora & Fauna ...........................................................................................................119

3.5.4 Forest Resources .....................................................................................................120

3.5.5 Irrigation .....................................................................................................................120

3.5.6 Agricultural Resources ............................................................................................120

3.5.7 Mineral Resources ...................................................................................................121

3.5.8 Land Use & Land Cover ..........................................................................................123

3.5.9 Topography ...............................................................................................................129

3.5.10 Geology of PIA District ............................................................................................132

3.5.11 Geomorphology of PIA District ...............................................................................133

3.5.12 Hydrogeology of PIA District...................................................................................134

3.5.13 Drainage Pattern in PIA District .............................................................................136

3.5.14 Soils in PIA District ...................................................................................................138

3.5.15 Seismicity...................................................................................................................139

3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................................................140

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions.......................................................................................140

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection ..............................................................................140

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data .......................................140

3.6.4 Meteorological data during Study Period..............................................................142

3.6.5 Atmospheric Inversion .............................................................................................143

3.7 Ambient Air Quality ..........................................................................................................143


of 311

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ...............................................................143

3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency .............................146

3.8 Noise Environment...........................................................................................................152

3.8.1 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................152

3.9 Water Environment ..........................................................................................................155

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources .......................................................................................155

3.9.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment.......................................................................155

3.9.3 Groundwater resources...........................................................................................162

3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality ..................................................................................169

3.10.1 Results and Discussions .........................................................................................174

3.11 Biological Environment ....................................................................................................174

3.11.1 Flora ...........................................................................................................................174

3.11.2 Fauna .........................................................................................................................178

3.11.3 Mammals ...................................................................................................................178

3.12 Socio Economic profile of PIA District...........................................................................180

3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects.........................................................................................180

3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area .............................................................181

3.12.3 Occupation ................................................................................................................185

3.12.4 Education...................................................................................................................189

3.12.5 Health Facilities within the study area...................................................................191

3.12.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area..............192

3.12.7 Road Infrastructure ..................................................................................................195

3.12.8 Project area Socio Economic Indicators ...............................................................195

4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures......................198

4.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................198

4.2 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location ............................................................198

4.2.1 Impacts due to changes in land use pattern ........................................................198

4.3 Construction Phase..........................................................................................................199

4.3.1 Land Environment ....................................................................................................199

4.3.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................200



4.3.5 Waste Generation ....................................................................................................202


of 311

4.3.6 Ecology ......................................................................................................................203

4.3.7 Social Environment ..................................................................................................203

4.4 OPERATION PHASE ......................................................................................................203


4.4.2 Air Environment ........................................................................................................204



4.4.5 Biological Environment ............................................................................................216

4.4.6 Solid Waste Management .......................................................................................216

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES..............................................................................219

5.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................219

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis.....................................................................................................219

5.3 Process Alternative ..........................................................................................................219

6. Environmental Monitoring Program .....................................................................221

6.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................221

6.2 Objectives ..........................................................................................................................221

6.3 Post Project Environmental Monitoring.........................................................................222

6.3.1 Monitoring Program..................................................................................................222

7. Additional Studies .....................................................................................................226

7.1 Public Hearing...................................................................................................................226

7.2 R & R ACTION PLANS....................................................................................................226

7.3 Risk Assessment ..............................................................................................................226

7.4 ToR Compliance Report..................................................................................................226

7.5 Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................................251

7.6 Assessment Of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural AndCommunity Resources Augmentation Plan .............................................................................256

7.7 Enumerate the aspects of violation ...............................................................................257


8. Project Benefits..........................................................................................................267

9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ..................................................................269

10. Environmental Management Plan......................................................................271


of 311

10.1 Introduction........................................................................................................................271

10.2 Objectives of EMP............................................................................................................271

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities ....................................................................................272

10.3.1 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) ..............................................................272

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase ..........................................................................................274

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase ............................................................................................275

10.5.1 Air Quality ..................................................................................................................275


10.5.3 Water and Wastewater Management....................................................................278

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management...........................................................281


10.5.6 Ecology ......................................................................................................................281

10.5.7 Socio – Economic Environment .............................................................................282

10.6 Available Safety Systems................................................................................................282

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant...............................................................................................................282

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher.......................................................................................................283

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEs .......................................................................284

10.6.4 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower ...............................................................285

10.6.5 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments .......................................................................285

10.6.6 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator....................................................................286

10.6.7 Occupational Health Centre (OHC) .......................................................................286

10.6.8 First Aid Boxes..........................................................................................................286

10.7 Mock Drill details ..........................................................................................................288

10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM ............................................289

10.8.1 Construction Phase..................................................................................................289

10.8.2 Operation Phase.......................................................................................................289

10.8.3 Occupational Health Monitoring .............................................................................290

10.8.4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy ................................................................290

10.9 Corporate Social Responsibility .....................................................................................292

10.10 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP).....................................292

10.11 Greenbelt Development Plan .....................................................................................293

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ................................................................................296

11.1 Project background ..........................................................................................................296


of 311

11.2 Overview of Chiral Biosciences Ltd...............................................................................297

11.3 Location of Project Site ...................................................................................................297

11.4 Need and Justification of Project Development...........................................................297

11.5 Project Description ...........................................................................................................298

11.6 Cost of the Project............................................................................................................298

11.7 Baseline Study ..................................................................................................................298

11.7.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area ..............................................................298

11.7.2 Meterological Environment .....................................................................................298

11.7.3 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................................................299




11.7.8 Socioeconomic status..............................................................................................300

11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures.......................................301

11.9 Analysis of Alternative Sites ...........................................................................................303

11.10 Environmental Monitoring Programme .....................................................................303

11.11 Additional Studies.........................................................................................................303

11.12 Project Benefits.............................................................................................................304

11.13 Environmental Management Plan..............................................................................304

11.14 Conclusion.....................................................................................................................305

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ....................................................................308

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS).............................308

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS....................................................................................................309

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation.....................................................................................309


of 311

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity .................................................................43Table 1-2 Chronology Matrix ..................................................................................................................45Table 1-3 Project overview.......................................................................................................................47Table 1-4 Site coordinates .......................................................................................................................50Table 1-5 Site Salient Features................................................................................................................50Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and Rules .....................................................................................................56Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km Radius from the project site ............................................65Table 2-2 Nearest Human Settlement.....................................................................................................66Table 2-3 Capital Investment on the Project .........................................................................................66Table 2-4 Time schedule for completion of the proposed project ....................................................67Table 2-5 Storage Tank Details ...............................................................................................................69Table 2-6 List of raw materials ................................................................................................................70Table 2-7 Storage Facilities .....................................................................................................................76Table 2-8 Solvent Recovery and Re-use................................................................................................77Table 2-9 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal .................................................................................79Table 2-10 Land Use Pattern....................................................................................................................81Table 2-11 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Existing Facility.................................................................82Table 2-12 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Additional Facility .............................................................82Table 2-13 Site Bearings ..........................................................................................................................84Table 2-14 Water Requirement Break-up ..............................................................................................84Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement ..............................................................................................88Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement ........................................................................................................88Table 2-17 Municipal Solid Waste During Construction Phase.........................................................89Table 2-18 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase ..............................................................89Table 2-19 Hazardous Waste Management ...........................................................................................90Table 2-20 List of Machinery & Equipments-Existing .........................................................................91Table 2-21 List of Machinery & Equipments- Proposed .....................................................................92Table 2-22 Air Pollution Control Measures .........................................................................................100Table 2-23 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal ...................................................105Table 2-24: Characteristics of Effluent Generated ............................................................................106Table 3-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project Boundary ...........114Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics for Bidar District .................................................123Table 3-3 Land use Land cover of the Study area .............................................................................126Table 3-4 Geomorphology of the study area ......................................................................................133Table 3-5 Climatological Summary –Bidar Region (1971-2000) ......................................................141Table 3-6 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (Oct-Dec 2018) ..................................................142Table 3-7 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ......................................................144Table 3-8 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters (NAAQ) ............146Table 3-9 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants...................................148Table 3-10 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ...........................................................................153Table 3-11 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters ...............................155Table 3-12 Surface water sampling locations ....................................................................................156Table 3-13 Physicochemical Parameters of Surface water samples from study area. ...............158Table 3-14Surface water Standards .....................................................................................................161Table 3-15 Dynamic ground water resources(2004) ..........................................................................162Table 3-16 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations..................................................164Table 3-17 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area .....................166


of 311

Table 3-18 Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ....................................................................................170Table 3-19 Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area ..........................172Table 3-20 List of flora reported/observed in the study area...........................................................174Table 3-21: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area ...................................................178Table 3-22: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area.......................................................................179Table 3-23 Social Indicators ..................................................................................................................180Table 3-24: Demographic Details of all the Villages in the Study Area..........................................182Table 3-25 Occupation details of the project study area ..................................................................186Table 3-26: District literacy rate ............................................................................................................189Table 3-27 Literacy Rate of the Study Area ........................................................................................189Table 3-28: Education Infrastructures in Bidar Block .......................................................................191Table 3-29: Health profile of Bidar Taluk .............................................................................................192Table 3-30: Village Wise Sanitation & Drinking Water Facilities within the Study Area .............193Table 3-31: State Highways in the Study Area ...................................................................................195Table 3-32: Total Stretch of Different Roads in the District .............................................................195Table 3-33Summary of Socio economic indicators...........................................................................195Table 4-1Existing Stack Emission Details...........................................................................................206Table 4-2 Proposed additional Stack Emission Details ....................................................................207Table 4-3 First 10 Highest Concencentrationsof Sulphur Dioxide .................................................209Table 4-4First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxides ................................................209Table 4-5First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matter (PM) ....................................210Table 4-6Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions ...........................................210Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal .....................................................214Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated...............................................................................215Table 6-1 Construction Phase Environmental Monitoring Program ..............................................223Table 6-2 Operational Phase Environmental Monitoring Program .................................................224Table 7-1 Enumerate the aspects of violation ....................................................................................257Table 7-2 Quantification of Emissions.................................................................................................263Table 7-3 Existing Stacks Emission Details .......................................................................................263Table 7-4 Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details ..................................................................264Table 7-5 Existing water consumption ................................................................................................264Table 7-6 Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2007 to 2018 ...................................265Table 10-1EMC Responsibility ..............................................................................................................273Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures .........................................................................................276Table 10-3 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires ...................................................283Table 10-4 Extinguisher Based on Area ..............................................................................................283Table 10-5 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan ........................................................293


of 311

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site ............................................................49Figure 2-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site ............................................................63Figure 2-2Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distances ...................................63Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius...............................................................................64Figure 2-4 Google Satellite Imagery 5 km radius.................................................................................64Figure 2-5 Google Satellite Imagery 1 km radius .................................................................................65Figure 2-6 General Activity Of The Project ...........................................................................................68Figure 2-7 Typical solvent recovery system.........................................................................................79Figure 2-8 Project Site Layout .................................................................................................................81Figure 2-9 Existing Site Photographs ....................................................................................................83Figure 2-10 Water Balance Chart-Existing ............................................................................................86Figure 2-11 Water Balance Chart - After Expansion............................................................................87Figure 2-12Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process .........................................................93Figure 2-13 Waste Management Concept ...........................................................................................108Figure 3-1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area .......................................................112Figure 3-2 Topo Map of Study area ......................................................................................................113Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering 15 km from project boundary.....................118Figure 3-4 Mineral Map of Karnataka ...................................................................................................122Figure 3-5 Land Use Map of Bidar District ..........................................................................................124Figure 3-6 Land Use/ land cover Pattern of PIA district ...................................................................125Figure 3-7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area ..................................................................127Figure 3-8 Land use/Land cover pattern of the Study Area .............................................................128Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka State.......................................................................................130Figure 3-10 Contour map of Study Area ..............................................................................................131Figure 3-11 Geological Map of Karnataka ...........................................................................................132Figure 3-12 Geomorphology Pattern of PIA District..........................................................................133Figure 3-13 Geomorphology of the study area ..................................................................................134Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district ...................................................................................135Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area.......................................................................................137Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka .......................................................................................................138Figure 3-17 Seismic Map of India..........................................................................................................139Figure 3-18 Wind Rose during Annual.................................................................................................142Figure 3-19 Atmospheric inversion level at the project site ............................................................143Figure 3-20 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations .....................................145Figure 3-21 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations Primary Pollutant in the Study Area

............................................................................................................................................................151Figure 3-22 Map showing the Noise monitoring locations ..............................................................154Figure 3-23 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations ................................................157Figure 3-24 Depth to water level during Pre-Monsoon & Post Monsoon of Bidar District .........163Figure 3-25 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations ..................................................165Figure 3-26 Map showing the soil monitoring location ...................................................................171Figure 3-27: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk ....................................................................................189Figure 4-1 Windrose Diagram for Study period .................................................................................205Figure 4-2Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area ........................207Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area ..................208Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter (PM) within 10 km Radius of the Study

Area....................................................................................................................................................208


of 311

Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept..............................................................................................217Figure 10-1Environmental Management Cell......................................................................................272Figure 10-2 Schematic Diagram of STP...............................................................................................279Figure 10-3 Emergency Organization Chart .......................................................................................288Figure 10-4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy..........................................................................291


of 311

LIST OF ABBREVIATION

CBL Chiral Biosciences Limited

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

NAAQM National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

DMP Disaster Management Plan

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management Cell

EMP Environmental Management Plan

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

GLC Ground Level Concentration

KSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality

PCB Pollution Control Board

PCU Passenger Car Unit

RA Risk Assessment

R & D Research & Development

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

STP Sewage Treatment Plant

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TOR Terms of Reference

TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge

PRV Pressure Relief Valve

FLP Flame Proof

PLC Programmable Logic Controller


of 311

LIST OF ANNEXURE

1. Land possession document.

2. ROC from Allied Fabrichem to Chiral Biosciences.

3. Existing CFO.

4. CFO conditions compliance report.

5. KSPCB Closure order.

6. List of Products.

7. List of Raw Materials.

8. Site layout.

9. Water supply agreement.

10.Water Balance Chart-Existing.

11.Water Balance Chart- proposed.

12.Proposed ZLD scheme.

13. Proposed STP process flow

14.On-site Emergency Plan

15.Risk Assessment Report

16.Annual Medical report of employees.

17.C Well possession certificates.

18.C Well CFO

19.Manufacturing process with material balance

20.Product MSDS

21.Raw Materials MSDS

22.AAQ Raw data

23.Ground water analysis of nearby borewells


of 311

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY


of 311

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

I. Background of the ProjectM/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL), originally known as M/s. C Well Drugs was started in1985, later it was taken over by Karnataka State Finance Corporation in 2006. KarnatakaIndustrial Areas Development Board (KIADB) has allotted this plot to Allied Fabrichem PvtLtd in 2008, which has been renamed to Chiral Biosciences Ltd in September 2008 withownership.

CBL is a privately owned and professionally managed enterprise with its corporate office inHyderabad. Due to market demand CBL proposes expansion of production capacity byintroducing new products and some facility expansion.

There is no CFE & EC for existing product, but CFO (No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253,. dt. 03.07.2012 Valid till 30.06.2017) has been obtainedand enclosed as Annexure 3.The Chronology Matrix of the company is provided in Table-1.


of 311

Table-1 Chronology Matrix

Chronological details ofOwnership

Year ProductsEC CFE CFO

Name MTAC Well Drugs – This unit becamesick. And it was taken over byKarnataka State FinanceCorporation in 2006.

Land possession certificate issuedto C Well, Annexure 17.

1985-2006

EthambutolHydrochloride

IP2 MT/M

Not obtained Notobtained

No. 54/BDR/47/IND/AE-9/86(06/05/86 to 30/04/1987)

No.495/KSPCB/APC/BDR/IND/C-

18/TA-6/AE/93 (05/03/93 to30/06/1993)

(Annexure 18)

TrimethoprimIP

0.4MT/M

Karnataka State FinanceCorporation

2006-2008

On 25/10/2008, KIADB offered theplot to Allied Fabrichem pvt ltd. 2008 Allied Fabrichem pvt ltd and Chiral Biosciences Ltd owner

is same, only company’s name change has been done.

Later, Allied Fabrichem becameChiral Biosciences Ltd throughROC (Annexure 2).

Later the plot No.50/B, 50/C &51/A, Kolhar Industrial area, Bidarwas registered as ChiralBiosciences Ltd., through Deed ofSale (Annexure 1)

01-09-2008

22-01-2010

Ibuprofen 120 Not obtained Notobtained

No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253.

dt. 03.07.2012Valid: 30.06.2017

And plant is not in operationsince June 2016 as perKSPCB order vide No.PCB/787/HPI/2016-17/145(Annexure 5), only trialbatches are being run.

Chiral Biosciences Ltd 2016-17 27 Products 351.6

ApplicationappliedF.No. SEIAA 36IND 2016

Notobtained

Not obtained


of 311

from KSEIAA.


Current proposalF.No.SEIAA 24 IND(VOIL) 2018

Notobtained

Not obtained


of 311

II. Management CommitmentThe Company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The company hasimplemented zero discharge concepts and complied the environmental laws. The industryhas maintained greenery inside the industry & maintained well developed Green belt. TheEnvironmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary is provided inTable-2.

III.Environmental Sensitive AreasThere are no notified ecologically sensitive areas/protected areas within 15km radius of theproject boundary. Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary isprovided in Table-2.

Table-2 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project Boundary

S.No Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary

1 Areas protected underinternational conventions,national or local legislationfor their ecological,landscape, cultural or otherrelated value

Bidar fort ~ 6.04 Km, ENE GurudwaraNanak JhiraSahib ~ 4.6 Km, NE NarasimhaJhiraCaveTemple ~ 8.8 Km, ESE

2 Areas which are important orsensitive for ecologicalreasons – Wetlands,Watercourses or other waterbodies, coastal zone,biospheres, mountains,forests

S. No Description Distance(~) Direction1 Karanja Reservoir 13.56Km WSW

2 Chitta RF 3.67Km S

3 Shahpur RF 8.87Km SE

4 Shamshalapur RF 11.59Km SE

5 Waddi RF 14.53Km SE

6 Godepalli RF 11.35Km SSE

7 Rajola RF 11.62Km SSE

8 Kalbemal RF 12.76Km SSE

9 Protected Forest 13.09Km SSW

10 Kamthana RF 4.95Km SW

11 Malara Halla 2.37Km WSW

12 Protected Forest 6.43Km W

13 Manjra River 12.17Km NNE

14 Honnikere Extn RF 2.18Km NW

15 Honnjkere RF 5.02Km NW

16 Gumtapur RF 10.12Km NW


of 311

17 Khanapur RF 6.96Km WNW

18 Kaplapur PF 6.08Km WNW

19 Vilaspur RF 11.35Km NW

20 Kosam RF 9.94Km WNW

21 Khanpur RF 10.27Km WNW

3 Areas used by protected,important or sensitivespecies of flora or fauna forbreeding, nesting, foraging,resting, over wintering,migration

There are no protected sensitive species identified within the 15km radius.

4 Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Manjara River- 12.17 Km NNE

Bomgondeshwar lake – 3.8 Km ENE

Gornelli Keri – 4.7Km ENE

Papnash lake -2.1 Km NE

Andur lake – 5.6 Km W

Karanja reservoir – 13.56 Km, WSW

5 State, National boundaries Telangana – Karnataka, 11.51 Km, SE

6 Routes or facilities used bythe public for access torecreation or other tourist,pilgrim areas

SH-105, (Bidar to Hummabad)

7 Defence installations Bidar Defence Airport - 0.402 Km, S

8 Densely populated or built-up area(Nearest Town, City, District)

S.No Name of the village Approximate distance Direction

1. Bidar 3.98 Km E

2. Kohlar 1.1 Km WNW


of 311

9 Areas occupied by sensitiveman-made land uses(hospitals, schools, places ofworship, communityfacilities)

S.No HospitalsApproximate

distanceDirection

1 District government hospital 6.8km E

2 Guru Nanak Hospital 4.78Km NE

3 Prayavi Hospital 5.38Km NE

4 Vasu Hospital 5.3Km NE

5 ShreeHospital 5.10Km E

S.No Educational InstitutionsApproximate

distanceDirection

1 Gyan Sudha Public School 6.81 Km NE

2 Millenium Public School 4.3 Km ENE

3 Sai Gnyan Public School 3.74 Km ENE

4 Guru Nanak Public School 4.77 Km NE

5 Sri. Dattagiri Maharaj Public School5.37 Km

E

6 Saint Joseph Public School 7.79 Km NE

7 JoyKids Care 5.66Km E

8N.K.Jabshetty Ayurvedic Medical

College5.82 Km SE

9 Bidar Institute of Medical Sciences 5.21km ENE

10 BVBCollege 5.14km SE

11 Government Polytechnic,Bidar 5.09km SE

12 Sidharth college 5.69Km NE

13 Vasantha collegeof nursing 2.31Km N

14 Noor college 7.77Km SE

15 University of Agricultural Research 6.43Km ESE

16 AIMES CollegeCampus 6.57Km E

17AllamaIqbal Education Society's

ShaheenPU College3.98Km ENE

18Karnataka Veterinary,AnimalandFisheries Sciences University-

4.85 Km SSE

19 Akkamahadevi College of Nursing 3.28 Km SE

20 Saptagiri ITI College 4.25 Km ENE

21 National College 4Km ENE


of 311

22 Vidya PU College 2.74 Km NE

23 B.V.Bhoomreddy College 5.15Km SE

24Gurunanak Dev Engineering

College4.76Km ESE

25 Govt.ITI College 5.4 Km NE

26Sai Gnyan MateManikeshwari

College 4.72 Km NE

S.no Religious placesApproximate

DistanceDirection

1 JaraNaraswamyTemple 9.4Km E

2 PapanashamTemple(ShivaTemple) 3.12km NE

3 BhavaniTemple 9.39km NE

4 Guru Nanak (Gurudwara) 4.53km NE

5 EidgahAmlapur – Mosque 5.08km SE

6 Masjid E Ejaz 6.6km SE

7 Al-Farooq Masjid 6.73km SE

8 Jamia masjidamlapur Mosque 5.53km SE

10 Areas containingimportant, high quality orscarce resources(ground

water resources, surface

resources, forestry,

agriculture,

fisheries,tourism,minerals)

S.No Description Approximatedistance

Direction

1. Manjira river 12.17 NNE

2. Karanja reservoier 13.56 SW

3. Bidar fort 6.04 ENE

11 Areas already subjectedto pollution orenvironmental damage.(those where existing legal

environmental standards

are exceeded)

BIDAR attracts a CEPI score of 67.64.

12 Areas susceptible to This area is generally plain no prone to any natural disasters. The area


of 311

natural hazard whichcould cause the project topresent environmentalproblems(earthquakes, subsidence,

landslides, erosion,

flooding or extreme or

adverse climatic

conditions)

understudy falls in Zone-II, according to the Indian Standard SeismicZoning Map. Suitable seismic coefficients in horizontal and verticaldirections respectively, have to be adopted while designing thestructures.Note :Seismic Zone-II : Low riskSeismic Zone-III : Moderate RiskSeismic Zone-IV : High RiskSeismic Zone-V Very high Risk

IV. Products DetailsM/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd is an existing unit for the manufacturing of Bulk DrugIntermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and BiotechProducts, situated at plot No 50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB KolharIndustrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State.,proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing new products.

The products categories are Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients,Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products.

The existing product is only one number, namely Ibuprofen, with production capacity of 120MTPA. With this proposal, CBL proposes to introduce 26 numbers of new products withcapacity of 231.6 MTPA. Thus, the total number of products after expansion is 27 withcapacity of 351.6 MTPA. The existing and proposed products details are provided inTable-3.

Table-3 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S. No Proposed Products NameCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed

1. Ibuprofen 120 120

2. Etodolac 0 24

3. Mefloquine hydrochloride 0 6

4. Armodafinil 0 6

5. Azilisartan medoxomil 0 12

6. Pregabaline 0 12

7. Repaglinide 0 1.2

8. Bosentan 0 6

9. Atrovastatin calcium 0 12

10. Rosuvastatin calcium 0 12

11. Ritonavir 0 12


of 311

12. Lopinavir 0 12

13. Efavirenz 0 12

14. Droxydopa 0 12

15. Sacubitril 0 12

16. Bazedoxifine 0 1.2

17. Carprofen 0 6

18. Dabigartan 0 6

19. Asenapine maleate 0 1.2

20. Linezolid 0 6

21. Raltegravir potassium 0 12

22. Rilpivirine hydrochloride 0 12

23. Atazanavir 0 12

24. Ticagrelor 0 6

25. Montelukast sodium 0 6

26. Tapentadol hydrochloride 0 6

27. Prasugrel 0 6

Total 120 351.6

V. Categorization of the Project

The proposed site is within KIADB Industrial Area. As per Amendment in EIA Notification2006, dated 22nd August 2013; said notification for change in product mix/expansionindustries requires prior Environmental clearance from Central Government or SEIAA undersub-section (3) of section 3.

The Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic OrganicChemicals as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA studies ofthe project. As CBL does not have EC and the facility requires prior EnvironmentalClearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Karnatakabefore commencing onsite activities the application along with relevant project documentswas submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on 06.08.2016.

Based on the information furnished and the presentation made before the State ExpertAppraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 171st SEAC meetingheld on 22.09.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparingEnvironmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 36IND 2016 dated 18.11.2016.

As per Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAA hasdirected to apply at EAC, MoEF & CC. The ToR application was submitted to MoEF&CCvide IA/KA/IND2/67976/2017 dated 06th Sep 2017.

As per MoEF&CC gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated 14th March, 2017 and itssubsequent amended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030 (E) dated 8th March 2018 and OMF. No. Z-11013/22/2017-IA. II (M) dated 15th March 2018 & 16th March 2018, MoEF&CC


30

directed to appraise in SEAC/SEIAA. The same application was submitted to KarnatakaSEIAA on 12th Apr 2018 vide proposal number SIA/KA/IND2/23409/2018. The Proposalwas considered in 199th Karnataka SEAC meeting held on 2nd June 2018.

Based on the information furnished KSEIAA had issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) forpreparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide File No. SEIAA 24 IND(VOIL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.

VI. Land Requirement

The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres) completely fortified and protected on all four sidesby boundary walls. The land use pattern is provided in the below Table-4.

Table-4 Land Use Break-up Details

Land use

Area

Existing ProposedConstruction Total After Expansion

Sq. m % Sq. m Sq. m %Building Area 1401.2280 8.94 (+)712.702 2113.93 13.50Road Area 2211.0200 14.12 0 2211.02 14.12Green Belt andLandscaping 10057.0000 64.24 0 10057.00 64.24

Vacant land 1987.752 12.7 (-)712.702 1275.05 8.14Total 15657.00 100.00 0 15657.00 100.00

VII. Water Requirement

The water requirement for the existing facility is 8.775KLD, which is met from private watersuppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 41.225KLD, and thus thetotal water requirement will be 50KLD after expansion. The fresh water requirement will be metfrom private water suppliers

The water requirement break-up details is given in Table-5.

Table-5 Water Requirement Break-Up Details

Waterrequirement

Existing(KLD)

Proposed(KLD)

Total(KLD)

Total after expansionWater Break-up (KLD)

Fresh Treated

Domestic 0.80 2.00 2.80 0 2.80

Process 2.90 17.10 20.00 20 0

Scrubber 1.20 2..00 3.20 3.2 0Lab &Plant Wash 0.50 0.50 1.00 0 1.0


31

Boiler Feed 1.50 6.50 8.00 0 8.0

Gardening 0.875 4.00 4.875 0.9 3.975Cooling watermake up 1.00 9.125 10.125 0 10.125

Total 8.775 41.225 50.00 24.1 25.9

VIII. Wastewater Generation

Existing: The sewage generated from domestic is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant are stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization is dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent is sent to forcedevaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF and centrifugedrain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.

Proposed: The sewage will be sent to Packaged Sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3KLD capactiy and the treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent toETP/ZLD/MEE (30 KLD), Condensate after biological treatment will be recycled for variousapplication as shown in Table-5. MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will besent to TSDF.

The existing wastewater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be ZeroLiquid Discharge (ZLD). The treated effluent will be used for boiler feed, cooling tower makeupand washing.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given in Table-6. Theeffluent characteristicsare provided in Table-7.

Table-6 Details of Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

Description Existing Additional Total AfterExpansion

TreatmentUnits Final Disposal point

Domestic(KLD) 0.65 1.55 2.2 STP Treated sewage will be

used for Greenbelt

Ind. effluentgeneration(KLD)

4.7 22 26.7ZLD

(ETP,MEE&ATFD)

Treated water recycled.Solid will be sent to TSDF


32

Table-7 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. Parameter

Concentration*Raw Effluent

(Neut. Tank Inlet)Characteristics

Concentration*Biological

treatment effluentcharacteristics

CPCB Standards

1 pH Neutral Neutral 6 - 8.5

2 TDS 70000 <2000 -

3 COD 30000 <100 <250

4 BOD 3000 <20 <30

5 TSS 200-250 <30 <100

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

IX. Power Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM. DG sets will act as the standbyfacilities and will be utilized in case of power failures. The details of power requirement and backuppower facilities are given in Table-8.

Table-8 Power and Fuel Requirement

DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Proposed Total

Power Requirement(KVA)

250(200 KW)

250(200 KW)

500(400 KW) GESCOM

Back-up (DG Set)(KVA) 1x175=175 1x250

=2501x175+1x250

=425 DG sets

Diesel Requirements(lit/Month)

Approx.2000

Approx.2500 Approx. 4500 HP

Boiler Fuel(Mt/ day) Coal 4 20 24

SingareniCollieries

Company Ltd(SCCL)

Boiler (TPH) 1x1.5 = 1.5 1x2.0 = 2.0 1x1.5 +1x2.0=3.5 -

Thermic fluid heater(Kcal/hr) (Coal) 1x200000 - 200000 -

X. Manpower

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel is given inTable-9.


33

Table-9 Manpower Requirement

Type Existing Proposed Total

Permanent 10 20 30

Contractual 15 25 40

Total 25 45 70

Construction Phase: 10 nos.

XI. Solid Waste

MSW is disposed to Local Municipal bin/ Recyclers, the source of Municipal solid waste in theindustry is from the domestic use. The MSW details for construction and operation Phases aregiven in Tables-10 & 11 respectively.

Table-10 Municipal Solid Waste- Construction Phase

Type Quantity Kg/day Disposal method

Organic 2.4 Local municipal bin includingfood waste

Inorganic 2.6 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 5.0Note: Manpower- 10 Nos

CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5 kg

Table-11 Municipal Solid Waste- Operation Phase

Type Quantity Disposal method

Organic (kg/day) 16.8 Local municipal binincluding food waste

Inorganic (kg/day) 18.2 KSPCB authorizedrecyclers

Total 35

CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5 kg.

Total Municipal Solid Waste Generated during the operation phase will be 35 Kg/day for total 70employees of existing and additional manpower due to expansion.

XII. Hazardous waste Management

The hazardous wastes generated from Plant are collected, stored and disposed through authorizeddisposal cum recycle facilities as per the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling andTransboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.


34

The type of hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed in Table-13.

Table-13 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory

Hazardouswaste

Generated

QuantityMethod of handling

Existing Proposed Total AfterExpansion

5.1 Used Oil(KLA) 0.3 0.3 0.6

Collected in leak proofcontainers and disposed only toKSPCB registered authorizedre-processor

28.1 Process Residue(Kg /day) 75 100 175

Will be collected in carboys andstored in Hazardous wastestorage area handed over toKSPCB Authorized incinerator.

28.3 Spent Carbon(TPA) 0 0.336 0.336

Will be collected in polythenebags and stored in Hazardouswaste storage area& sent toKSPCB authorized dealer.

33.1 MS Drums(MTA) 30 60 90

Stored in secure manner andhanded over to KSPCBauthorized recycler33.1

HDPE UsedLiners(TPA)

0.2 0.4 0.6

35.3

ETPSludge/Chemicalsludge fromclarifier andevaporator(TPA)

21 25 46

Will be collected in polythenebags and stored in Hazardouswaste storage area and handedover to KSPCB AuthorizedTSDF

XIII. Analysis of Alternative Sites Considered

Since the proposed project is an expansion within the existing plant facility alternate sites are notenvisaged.

XIV. Project cost

The total capital investment on the project is INR 5.00 Crores, the details of which are provided inthe following Table-14.


35

Table-14 Capital Investment on the Project

S. No. Cost INR (Crores)1. Building 1.00752. Plant and Machineries 3.00003. Environmental Management Plan 0.9925

TOTAL 5.00

XV. Baseline Study

Meteorological Environment

The micro-meteorological conditions during the study period for hourly data of wind speed, winddirection and temperature were recorded at the project site. From the Indian MeteorologicalDepartment (IMD) at Bidar Region (1971-2000), the annually determined wind direction is mostlySouth West to North East. From the site specific meteorological data of study period, thepredominant wind was observed from NE during the study period (October 2018 to December2018). Average Wind Speed 4.1 m/s, the temperature ranges between 10 °C – 34 °C and theaverage temperature : 23.5 °C, while the Average relative humidity is 60.3% at the study region.

Bidar district receives an average rainfall of 904.9 mm.Bidar district receives maximum andminimum rainfall of 213.3mm and 5.1 mm was recorded in the months of August and Decemberrespectively. (Source: IMD data).

Ambient Air Quality

As per the ToR, AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO andother parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. So,the ambient air quality has beenmonitored at 8 locations for 18 parameters including 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within thestudy area. The average baseline levels of PM10 (47.1 – 63.1 µg/m³), PM2.5 ( 19.8-26.9 µg/m³), SO2

(6.8 – 12.6 µg/m³), NO2 (15.4 – 26.1 µg/m³), CO ( 0.33-0.85 mg/m3) and VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr, H2S &HF are found below detectable limits and are well within the National Ambient Air QualityStandards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during thestudy period from October 2018 to December 2018.

Noise Environment

As per the ToR, Noise level monitoring at 8 locations shall be included. So,the existing ambient

noise levels were monitored using precision noise level meter in and around the project site at 10

km radius at 8 locations during October 2018 to December 2018. During the study period,

In industrial area day time noise levels varies from 58.7 dB(A) to 62.0 dB(A) and 53.0 dB(A) to

59 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day time &

70 dB(A) Night time).


36

In commercial area day time noise level was 57.0 dB(A) during day time and 55.0 dB(A) during

night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (65 dB(A) Day time & 55 dB(A) Night

time).

In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.2 dB (A) to 54.7dB (A) and night timenoise levels varied from 44.5dB (A) to 52.0 dB (A) across the sampling stations. The fieldobservations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels except few inResidential area are within the limits prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB (A) Day time & 45 dB (A)Night time).

Water Environment

As per the ToR, Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream ofdischarge point) and other surface drains at 8 locations and ground water monitoring at minimum 8locations shall be included. So,the prevailing status of water quality at 08 sampling locations forsurface water and 8 sampling locations for ground water have been assessed during December2018.

The standard methods prescribed in IS were followed for sample collection, preservation andanalysis in the laboratory for various physiochemical parameters.

Surface water quality

The values range from 7.21 - 7.81 for pH, 199 – 232 mg/l for TDS, 58.1 – 380.3 mg/l for TotalHardness, 31.67 – 306.83 mg/l for chloride content, 12 mg/l – 123 mg/l for sulphate content.

Ground Water Quality

The values range from 7.16 – 8.04 for pH, 216 - 475 mg/l for TDS, 89 - 267 mg/l for TotalHardness, 44.3 - 156 mg/l for chloride content, 25.3– 80 mg/l for sulphate content.

Land Environment

Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation growth,

agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality.As per the

ToR,soil characteristics should be included. So, the soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08)

locations in the study area. It is observed that,

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.32 - 8.23.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 177 - 331 μS/cm. As the EC value is less than

2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature

The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 18.4 - 35.4 (%).

Nitrogen content ranged from 44 kg/ha to 216kg/ha.

Phosphorous ranged from 22 to 126 kg/ha

Potassium content ranges from 55 to 187 kg/ha


37

Biological Environment

The sensitive places in the study area is provided in the Table-2 of Executive Summary. As per theToR, detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shallbe given with special reference to the rare and endemic species.The species observed in the studyarea are mostly commercial crops and plantation crops and breaks were also observed throughoutthe semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forest types. There is no endangered flora and faunaspecies found in the study area.

Socio Economic Environment

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The total geographicalarea of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is surrounded by Gulbarga district to the south,Maharashtra State in the West and North. It is bounded on the East by Telengana. The populationof the district is 17,03,300 as per 2011 Census. The male population is 8,70,665 and femalepopulation is 8,32,635.The unique feature of the district is that there are many spoken languagesand dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and Telengana, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi,Urdu and Telugu languages.

As per the ToR, Socio economic status of the study area should be included.So the socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social and culturalconditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides information such asdemographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of humanhealth and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, andindustrial development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification,prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due toproposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure Facilit

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas. Agriculture isthe main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low industrial base. A majorproportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. The proportion of net area irrigated to netarea sown is only 14.18%. The socio-economic status of the district and study area are provided inthe Chapter 3, Section 3.13.

The project area is in the Kolhar & Nizampur Villages, Bidar taluk located at Latitude:17°54'43.35"N and Longitude: 77°27'59.90"E (Centre Coordinates) comes under Bidar district ofKarnataka state. It is located at a distance of 3.98 Km(E) from Bidar town.


38

XVI. Anticipated Environmental Impacts

Air Environment

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the parameters are wellwithin the permissible limits as prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The mainsources of emissions will be from the D.G sets, Reactors and Boilers which are facilitated withstacks of adequate height as an air pollution control measure. Boilers are provided with cycloneseparator to control the pollutants. Due to the air pollution control measure, the emission will be asfollows, whose impacts are studied in Air monitoring.

Pollutants

Max. Base lineConc.

(µg/m3)

EstimatedIncremental

Conc. Atsource(µg/m3)

Total Conc.(µg/m3)

NAAQ standards

SO2 12.6 3.104 15.704 80

NOx 26.1 3.593 29.693 80

PM10 63.1 0.574 63.674 100

Noise Environment

Baseline study showed that the noise levels in both Industrial area and in Residential area arewithin the limit prescribed by MoEF & CC. The designed equipment with noise levels not exceedingbeyond the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standard will bedeployed.

Water Environment


Industrial effluents from the plant are stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent is sent to forcedevaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF and centrifugedrain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.

Proposed: The sewage will be sent to Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3KLD Capacity and the treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent toETP/ZLD/MEE (30 KLD), Condensate will be recycled for various application as shown in Table-5.MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to TSDF.


39


Land Use

As the manufacturing facility is located in the designated KIADB industrial area, the proposedactivity does not change the land use classification of the site.

XVII. Environmental Monitoring Plan

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water & Wastewater Quality, NoiseQuality as per Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), will be maintained.

XVIII. Pollution Control Measures

The emission from boilers and D.G sets will be mitigated by providing adequate stack height&APCEs. The D.G set will be provided with adequate stack height of 10 m AGL and boiler stack 22m AGL to disperse the pollutants. Acoustic enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noiseemissions. The reactors are connected to individual scrubber and stacks (2 Nos), stack height 8 mAGL. Boilers are provided with cyclone separator to control the pollutants.

Municipal Solid Wastes including food waste are disposed to municipal bin. The hazardous wastewill be stored separately in hazardous waste storage area and disposed to KSPCB authorizedTSDF sites within the stipulated period of time. Hazardous waste materials will be properlydisposed as per the Hazardous and Other wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

The wastewater generated will be mainly sewage and process effluent.


Industrial effluents from the plant are stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent is sent to forcedevaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF and centrifugedrain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.


Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent toETP/ZLD/MEE (30 KLD), Condensate will be recycled for various application as shown in Table-5.MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to TSDF.



40

XIX. Greenbelt Development

The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres), which is completely fortified and protected on allthe four sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 10057 Sq. mt (2.49 Acres, 64.23%).

XX. Risk Analysis

Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis including identification, screening of scenarios, andconsequence analysis of the various risk scenarios. Risk Assessment has been done with respectto the Solvent Storage Tanks.

The Methodology adopted for Risk Assessment by using the software PHAST 7.11 examines theprogress of potential incident from the modelling of pool fire, Jet fire, flash fire, explosion anddispersion of vapour cloud.

The scope of the study mainly involves:

Identifications of Hazards Consequence modeling Flash fire Jet Fire analysis Dispersion of vapour cloud Pool fire Explosion

Impact limits identifications and contour mapping of the risk on the layouts. Mitigating measures for handling and storage to reduce impacts & prevent incidents.

As per the NFPA rating the fire hazard is observed in chemicals such as Toluene, Methanol,

Acetone, n-Hexane, Ethyl acetate and Acetonitrile hence Risk Assessment study is carried out.

The chemical such as MDC is not observed under fire and health hazards.

The consequence analysis is performed for Storage tanks. All the hazards are observed in North East direction due to the wind blowing from Bidar in

South West. In case of emergency, onsite emergency plan will be implemented

Risk Control Measures

Pressure safety valves for storage tanks Pressure alarm high and pressure alarm low for storage tanks Level indicators with monitoring from control for storage tanks Level transmitter, Level gauge and Temperature indicators for the storage tanks Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors for the storage

tanks. Emergency Handling checklist and procedure

XXI. Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan includes Emergency shutdown procedure


41

Electrical Power Failure & Key Utility failures Fire protection system Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries Emergency Control Room - is the focal point in case of an emergency from where the

operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be equipped withInternal and P & T telephones, Paging system and Emergency siren.

On-Site Emergency Plan

To provide effective planning, communication and to ensure discipline while mitigatingidentified emergencies at the earliest utilizing available resources, safety gadgets andsystems.

Synchronized action from all the internal and external agencies at the earliest to initiatecorrective and preventive action.

To minimize the human injury and illness during emergency mitigation, priority is given torescue of incident victim/s, rendering them first aid onsite and if required providing furthermedical services at the earliest, which is available nearest to our plant.

To minimize damage to property, general environment or work environment. To effectively refer and utilize this revised onsite emergency plan while conducting on site

emergency and preparedness response drills and also during real emergencies. To identify any deviations during above drills and real situations to ensure any identified

and recorded observations for continual corrective actions and preventive actions.

XXII. Benefits of the Proposed Project

The proposed expansion of production capacity will fulfill the market requirement and play a vital

role in the Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients sectors and thereby

address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at these facilities will be exported that will aid in adding revenue to the

nation. The corporate social responsibilities that will be taken up by the proposed project will

improve the well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the protection of

the environment will help in conserving the ecosystem. It will also provide employment

opportunities to larger population.


42

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION


43

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project Back ground

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL) situated at plot No 50/B, 50/C & 51/A, Survey Nos.305 & 11,

KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka

State, proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing new products and enhancement

of plant facilities.

Existing product is only one number, namely Ibuprofen, with production capacity of 120MTPA.

With this proposal, CBL proposes to introduce 26 numbers of new products with capacity of 231.6

MTPA. Thus, the total number of proposed products will be 27 with capacity of 351.6 MTPA.The

existing and proposed products details are provided in Table 1-1.

There is no CFE & EC for existing product, but CFO (No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-

0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253,. dt. 03.07.2012 Valid till 30.06.2017) has been obtained.

The Chronology Matrix of the company is provided in Table 1-2. The existing and proposed

products are provided in Table 1-1.The product categories are Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products.

The total land area is 3.8 Acres (15657 Sq. m). Existing land area is sufficient enough for the

proposed expansion project.

Table 1-1 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S. No Proposed Products NameCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed

1. Ibuprofen 120 120

2. Etodolac 0 24

3. Mefloquine hydrochloride 0 6

4. Armodafinil 0 6

5. Azilisartan medoxomil 0 12

6. Pregabaline 0 12

7. Repaglinide 0 1.2

8. Bosentan 0 6

9. Atrovastatin calcium 0 12

10. Rosuvastatin calcium 0 12


44

11. Ritonavir 0 12

12. Lopinavir 0 12

13. Efavirenz 0 12

14. Droxydopa 0 12

15. Sacubitril 0 12

16. Bazedoxifine 0 1.2

17. Carprofen 0 6

18. Dabigartan 0 6

19. Asenapine maleate 0 1.2

20. Linezolid 0 6

21. Raltegravir potassium 0 12

22. Rilpivirine hydrochloride 0 12

23. Atazanavir 0 12

24. Ticagrelor 0 6

25. Montelukast sodium 0 6

26. Tapentadol hydrochloride 0 6

27. Prasugrel 0 6

Total 120 351.6


45

Table 1-2 Chronology Matrix

Chronological details ofOwnership

Year ProductsEC CFE CFO

Name MTAC Well Drugs – This unit becamesick. And it was taken over byKarnataka State FinanceCorporation in 2006.

Land possession certificate issuedto C Well, Annexure 17.

1985-2006

EthambutolHydrochloride

IP2 MT/M

Not obtained Notobtained

No. 54/BDR/47/IND/AE-9/86(06/05/86 to 30/04/1987)

No.495/KSPCB/APC/BDR/IND/C-

18/TA-6/AE/93 (05/03/93 to30/06/1993)

(Annexure 18)

TrimethoprimIP

0.4MT/M

Karnataka State FinanceCorporation

2006-2008

On 25/10/2008, KIADB offered theplot to Allied Fabrichem pvt ltd. 2008 Allied Fabrichem pvt ltd and Chiral Biosciences Ltd owner

is same, only company’s name change has been done.

Later, Allied Fabrichem becameChiral Biosciences Ltd throughROC (Annexure 2).

Later the plot No.50/B, 50/C &51/A, Kolhar Industrial area, Bidarwas registered as ChiralBiosciences Ltd., through Deed ofSale (Annexure 1)

01-09-2008

22-01-2010

Ibuprofen 120 Not obtained Notobtained

No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253.

dt. 03.07.2012Valid: 30.06.2017

And plant is not in operationsince June 2016 as perKSPCB order vide No.PCB/787/HPI/2016-17/145(Annexure 5), only trialbatches are being run.


ApplicationappliedF.No. SEIAA 36IND 2016from KSEIAA.

Notobtained

Not obtained


46


Current proposalF.No.SEIAA 24 IND(VOIL) 2018

Notobtained

Not obtained


47

1.2 Overview of Chiral Biosciences Ltd

M/s.Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL), originally known as M/s.C Well Drugs was started in 1985, later

it was taken over by Karnataka State Finance Corporation in 2006. Karnataka Industrial Areas

Development Board (KIADB) has allotted this plot to Allied Fabrichem Pvt Ltd in 2008, which has

been renamed to Chiral Biosciences Ltd in September 2008 with ownership. CBL is a privately

owned and professionally managed enterprise with its corporate office in Hyderabad.

Due to market demand CBL proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing new

products and some facility expansion.

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The company has

implemented zero discharge concepts and complied the environmental laws. The industry has

maintained greenery inside the industry & maintained well developed Green belt.Project overview

is provided in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3 Project overview

Description ExistingProposedExpansion

Total(Existing +Proposed)

Products120 MTPA

(1 Product)

231.6 MTPA

(26 Products)

351.6 MTA

(27 Products)

Water consumption (KLD) 8.775 41.225 50.00

Ind. effluent generation (KLD) 4.7 22 26.7

Sewage (KLD) 0.65 1.55 2.2

Neutralization Tank Capacity (KLD) 5 25 30

MEE Capacity (KLD)10 Forced

evaporator

2030

Power Requirement

(KVA) GESCOM250

250500

DG (KVA) 1*1751*250 1*175 & 1*250

= 425

Boiler (TPH)

Coal fired

1.5 TPH 2.0 TPH 1*1.5 TPH &

1*2.0 TPH


48

=3.5 TPH

Boiler Fuel(Mt/ day) Coal 4 20 24

Thermicfluid heater (Coal)

(Kcal/hr)

2.0 Lakh

kilocalories

- 2.0 Lakh

kilocalories

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report

The project is manufacturing of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients,

Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products. The existing products do not have Environmental

Clearance and CFE. But CFO has been obtained. The CFO (No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-

0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253,. dt. 03.07.2012 Valid tilll 30.06.2017) of existing product is

enclosed as Annexure 3 and CFO conditions compliance submitted to KSPCB is enclosed as

Annexure 4 . So, this proposal is to obtain EC for both the existing and new products together.

The existing and proposed products details are given in Section 1.1 andTable 1-1.

The project site is located within KIADB Industrial Area. As per Amendment in EIA Notification

2006, dated 22ndAugust 2013; for change in product mix / expansion industries requires prior

Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC or SEIAA under sub-section (3) of section 3.

The Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals as

per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requires EIA studies for the project. The facility

requires prior Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA), Karnataka before commencing onsite activities.

The application along with relevant project documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on

06.08.2016. Based on the information furnished and the presentation made before the State Expert

Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 171st SEAC meeting held on

22.09.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 36 IND 2016 dated 18.11.2016.

Since existing product does not have Environmental Clearance, as per the MoEF&CC Notification

No. S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC,

MoEF & CC under Category A, 5(f) for appraisal.The ToR application was submitted to MoEF&CC

vide IA/KA/IND2/67976/2017 dated 06th Sep 2017.

As per MoEF&CC gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated 14th March, 2017 and its subsequent

amended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030 (E) dated 8th March 2018 and OM F. No. Z-

11013/22/2017-IA. II (M) dated 15th March 2018 & 16th March 2018, MoEF&CC directed to


49

appraise in SEAC/SEIAA. The same application was submitted to Karnataka SEIAA on 12th Apr

2018 vide proposal number SIA/KA/IND2/23409/2018. The Proposal was considered in 199th

Karnataka SEAC meeting held on 2nd June 2018. Based on the information furnished KSEIAA had

issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

Report vide File No. SEIAA 24 IND (VOIL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to theCountry, Region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot No.50/B, 50/C &51/A, Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB KolharIndustrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State. The projectsite falls in the SOI toposheet No. 56F-08,56F-12,56G-05&02and lies between the Latitude:17°54'43.35"N and Longitude: 77°27'59.90"E. Four corner GPS readings of the project site aregiven in Table 1-4.The location of the project site is appended in Figure 1-1.

Figure 1-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site

1

2

3

4

56

7


50

Table 1-4 Site coordinates

CornerPoint

Site Co-ordinates

1. 17°54'47.06"N; 77°28'0.62"E

2. 17°54'42.09"N; 77°28'1.05"E

3. 17°54'40.54"N; 77°28'1.68"E

4. 17°54'39.35"N; 77°28'0.55"E

5. 17°54'39.55"N; 77°28'0.11"E

6. 17°54'39.40"N; 77°27'58.88"E

7. 17°54'46.88"N; 77°27'58.05"E

This land has been allotted by KIADB in the Industrial area. The present land use is industrial. The

land possession certificate from KIADB is enclosed as Annexure 1.

The salient Features of the project site are represented in the following Table 1-5.

Table 1-5 Site Salient Features

Features Description

1. Name of the Project M/s Chiral Biosciences Ltd

2. Proposed

Development/Change

Existing Products 1 No, Capacity 120 MTPA

New Products 26 Nos, Capacity

231.6MTPA

Total

ProposedProducts

27 Nos, Capacity 351.6

MTPA

3. Total Land Area of the

Project Site

The Plant facilities are spread over 3.87 Acres

(15657 Sq. m) which is completely fortified and

protected on all four sides by boundary walls. This

land has been allotted by KIADB in the Industrial

area.

4. Geographical Location of the

Project site

Village: Kolhar & Nizampur, Taluk&District: Bidar,

State: Karnataka

Latitude: 17°54'43.35"N

Longitude: 77°27'59.90"E

5. State Boundary Telangana – Karnataka 11.51Km, SE

6. Elevation 659 m above MSL

7. Nearest Villages Kolhar 1.1 km towards WNW


51

Nizampur 3.56 km towards WSW

Bellura 3.31 km towards SW

Zamistanpur 3.33 km towards SSE

Chidri 2.9 km towards ESE

Naubad 2.49 km towards NNE

8. Nearest Railway station Bidar railway station 5.14km, E

9. Highway SH105, Bidar to Humnabad 0.51 km ,NNW

10. Airport RGIA 200km, Hyderabad.

Bidar Defense Airport – 0.402 km, S

11. Nearest major Town Bidar 3.98 Km, E.

12. Nearest Port Mumbai Port : 463 km

13. Reserved Forest/Protected

Forest/Notified Wildlife

Sanctuary/Ecologically

sensitive areas

S. No Description Distance Direction1 Chitta RF 3.67Km S


3 Shamshalapur RF 11.59Km SE4 Waddi RF 14.53Km SE5 Godepalli RF 11.35Km SSE6 Rajola RF 11.62Km SSE7 Kalbemal RF 12.76Km SSE8 Protected Forest 13.09Km SSW9 Kamthana RF 4.95Km SW

10 Protected Forest 6.43Km W11 Honnikere Extn RF 2.18Km NW12 Honnjkere RF 5.02Km NW

13 Gumtapur RF 10.12Km NW14 Khanapur RF 6.96Km WNW15 Kaplapur PF 6.08Km WNW

16 Vilaspur RF 11.35Km NW17 Kosam RF 9.94Km WNW18 Khanpur RF 10.27Km WNW

14. Nearest Tourist Places Bidar Fort: 6.04km ENE

15. Defense Installations Bidar Defense Airport – 0.402 km, S

16. Water Bodies Karanja reservoir: 13.56 km, WSW

17. Type of soil Deep ferrous red

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region

India with its large talented manpower, cost effective chemical synthesis, legal & financial

framework is poised to become sourcing destination of bulk drugs to the global market.


52

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and contributes

10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the

Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes domestic sales and exports.

According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector employs about 340,000 persons and

an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the Market Demand M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd proposes the expansion of Bulk Drug

Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products

within the existing premises with change in production quantity.

1.6 Export possibility

From the market survey, the selected products are found to have potential demand in export as

well as domestic market.

1.7 EIA Study

Chiral Biosciences Ltd as a part of the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e., to obtain

Environmental Clearance from SEIAA, Karnataka has appointed Environmental Consultants

accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET)-Quality Council of

India (QCI), New Delhi.

The work of undertaking field studies and preparation of Form- 1, PFR, EIA/EMP report under B

category, has been assigned to M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd.,(HECS) Chennai by the

project proponent. HECS is accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education &

Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry (Dyes & dye

Intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) of Schedule 5(f).

1.8 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs. 7.5 Lakhs.

1.9 Scope of the study

The scope of the study has been based on EIA notification 2006, APPENDIX III Generic Structure

of Environmental Impact Assessment Document. Work mentioned includes an assessment study

of proposed expansion and their impact on the region. This study puts forward the most effective

ways to protect the environment from increasing pollution caused by the burgeoning industrial

development and recommendations for environmental-friendly development initiatives in the

region.


53

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of

the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the

project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation of the

environmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of the project.

This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the construction and

operation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In terms of the EIA

Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14thSeptember 2006 and subsequent amendments the generic

structure of the EIA document will be as under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides background

to the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document. The purpose and

organization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the industrial

and environmental aspect of the industry of M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd. Construction and

operation phases activities as well as process details of proposed products.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components (Primary data)

delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of the

project as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental point

of view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable to the

member units of the industrial area.


54

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigation

measures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,

reporting schedules etc.,

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project. It will also

identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surrounding environment

during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents Disaster Management

Plan. It also addresses about Social impact assessment and R&R action plans if any.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment potential

and other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

This chapter is not recommended during scoping.

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional and

monitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess their

adequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and the

conclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and the

environmental management plan.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant

Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their brief

resume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.


55

1.10 Objectives of the Study

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated into

the development decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social

and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes

which maintain their respective functions.

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as

management opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the same.

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental Impact

Assessment Study within the study area i.e 10 km radius from the project.

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether

positive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting of

the natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the

project activities.

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

1. Study of project information.

2. Screening & Scoping.

3. Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of TOR.

4. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.

5. Baseline data collection.

6. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.

7. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.


56

8. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.

9. Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

10. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well as

necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

The following Acts and Rules are applicable to the proposed project:

The details of Acts and Rules with applicability to the proposed project are given in Table 1-6.

Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and Rules

S.NoAct and Rules

applicablePurpose Objective Applicability

1. EIA Notification

2006 and its

subsequent

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion

modernization,

change in product

mix of the existing

project

Protection and

Improvement of

the Environment

As the proposal is for

expansion project

scheduled under category

5(f), Environmental

Clearance from Ministry of

Environment, Forest &

Climate Change is

applicable


57

S.NoAct and Rules


2. The Manufacture,

Storage and

Import of

Hazardous

Chemicals Rules,

1989 and its

amendments

Handling of

Hazardous

Chemicals

Regulate the

manufacture,

storage and import

of Hazardous

Chemicals

The proposed expansion

involves solvents and

chemicals. Hence this rule

is applicable for the

project. Preparation/

update of On-site

Emergency Preparedness

Plan and submission to

Factory inspectorate.

Preparation/ update of

Safety Report and submit

to Factory inspectorate.

Preparation of Material

Safety Data Sheet.

3. The Water

(Prevention and

Control of

Pollution) Act,

1974 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion

modernization,

change of product

mix of the existing

project,

Existing plants

Prevention, control

and abatement of

water pollution

Consent to Establish and

Consent to Operate from

State Pollution Control

Board has to be obtained

for this expansion product

4. The Air

(Prevention and

Control of

Pollution) Act,

1981 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion

/modernization,

change of product

mix of the existing

project, Existing

industries

Prevention, control

and abatement of

air pollution

Consent to Establish and

Consent to Operate from

State Pollution Control

Board has to be obtained

for this expansion product


58

S.NoAct and Rules


5. The Hazardous

and other waste

(Management,

Handling and

Transboundary

Movement Rules)

2016 and its

amendments.

Management,

Handling and

Transboundary

Movement of

Hazardous waste

Prevention,

Control and

abatement of

pollution

Hazardous waste

Authorization from State

Pollution Control Board

has to be obtained for this

expansion project.

6. The solid Waste

Management

Rules, 2016

Management of solid

(non-harzadous)

waste as per the

provisions of the Rule

Prevention control

and resource

conservation

Solid waste authorization

from SPCB has to be

obtained for this expansion

project.

This includes proper

collection, segregation and

disposal of Municipal Solid

Waste as per Rules

7. The

Environmental

(Protection)Act,19

86 and its

Amendments

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

Protection and

Improvement of

the Environment

Environmental Standards

as specified are to be

complied.

Submission of

Environment Statement on

yearly basis to KSPCB is

mandatory. Hence this Act

is applicable.

8. The Noise

Pollution

(Regulation and

Control) Rules,

2000

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

To protect the

workers and public

from noise related

problems

Noise control measure.

Comply with Noise

standards and submission

of monthly report to

KSPCB. Hence this rule is

applicable for this project.


59

S.NoAct and Rules


9. The Factories Act

1948 and its

amendments.

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

Control of

workplace

environment, and

providing for good

health and safety

of workers

Factory License from

Factory inspectorate. This

act is applicable for this

project.

10. The Explosive

Act, 1884

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

Production,

Storage and

import of explosive

substance in and

around the project

and provides the

regulations for the

safety and

environmental

measures

Safety measures are

compiled for the storage of

chemicals in the plant as

per PESO guidelines.

This project involves

solvents and Chemicals.

Hence this act is


11. The Drugs and

Cosmetic Act,

1940

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change in

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

To regulate the

import,

manufacture,

distribution and

sale of drugs &

cosmetics through

licensing.

To prevent

substandard in

drugs, presumably

for maintaining

high standards of

medical treatment.

To regulate the

manufacture and sale of

drugs.

This project involves

manufacturing of drugs.

Hence this act is



60

S.NoAct and Rules


12. The Indian Boiler

Act, 1923

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

Boiler act contain

the law related to

registration and

inspection is

steam boiler

The Act is applicable to all

Boiler (Water tube and fire

tube boilers)

13. The Central Motor

Vehicle Act, 1988

New projects,

Expansion/moderniza

tion change of

product mix of the

existing project,

Existing industries

Check the

pollution load of

vehicles inside the

plant

Adequate environmental

measures are put in place

to check the vehicular

emissions.

of 311

CHAPTER – 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION


62

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd is an existing unit for the manufacturing of Bulk Drug

Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech

Products, situated at plot No50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB Kolhar

Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State.

2.2 Need for the Project



The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and

contributes 10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of

Pharmaceuticals, the Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes

domestic sales and exports. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector

employs about 340,000 persons and an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists

are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the Market Demand M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd. proposes the expansion of Bulk

Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech

Products within the existing premises with change in production quantity.

2.3 Site Location

The project site is situated at Plot No.50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB

Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka

State. The project site falls in the SOI toposheet No. 56F-08, 56F-12, 56G-05&02 and lies

between the Latitude: 17°54'43.35"N and Longitude: 77°27'59.90"E.

The project site location is appended in Figure 2-1.The Satellite Image of Environmental

Sensitive Area with Distances within 15Km Radius is appended in the Figure 2-2. The

Google satellite imageries covering 10 Km, 5 km &1 km radius around the project area are

appended the Figure 2-3 to Figure 2-5 respectively.


63

Figure 2-1 Satellite Image showing demarcated Project Site

Figure 2-2Satellite Image of Environmental Sensitive Area with Distanceswithin 15 KM Radius

1

2

3

4

56

7


64

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery 10 km radius



65


2.4 Existing Environmental Setup

Industries: The list of existing industries within 10 km radius from the project site is given in

Table 2-1.The site does not fall within the CRZ area.

Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km Radius from the project site

S. No Name Industry typeDistance

(m)Direction

1. Sai Life Sciences Ltd Pharma 600 SW

2. Corvine Laboratories P Ltd Pharma 500 SW

3. Suryakala Laboratories P Ltd Pharma 480 SW

4. Wohlar Laboratories P Ltd Pharma 1000 SW

5. Vivimed Labs Ltd Pharma 300 NW

6. Chandra Life Sciences P Ltd Pharma 1150 SW

7. PR Drugs Pvt Ltd Pharma 480 SW

8. Sri Lakshmi Chemicals Pharma 1070 SW


66

Nearest Human Settlement: The details of nearest human settlement from the project Site

is provided below in the Table 2-2.

Table 2-2 Nearest Human Settlement

SI.No Villages Distance in ≈km Direction Population

1 Kolhar 1.1 WNW 11935

2 Nizampur 3.56 WSW 1526

3 Bellura 3.31 SW 1462

4 Zamistanpur 3.33 SSE 1756

5 Chidri 2.9 ESE 1243

6 Naubad 2.49 NNE 1703

7 Kamthana 6.41 SSW 11179

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation

The existing product is only one, namely Ibuprofen, with production capacity of 120 MTPA.

With this proposal, CBL proposes to introduce 26 numbers of new products with capacity of

231.6 MTPA. Thus, the total products after expansion will be 27 with capacity of 351.6

MTPA. The existing and proposed products details are provided in Table 1-1.

The total capital investment on the project is INR 5.00 Crores and break up of cost details

are detailed in Table 2-3.Table 2-3 Capital Investment on the Project

S. No. Cost INR (Crores)

1 Building 1.0075

2 Plant and Machineries 3.0000

3 Environmental Managemental Plan 0.9925

TOTAL 5.00

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation

The time schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-4.


67

Table 2-4 Time schedule for completion of the proposed project

Particulars Time schedule

Approval December 2019

Civil works 6 Months

Erection & installation of machinery 4 Months

Completion 2020

2.7 Technology & Process Description

2.7.1 Process Description

This section deals with raw materials requirement, process, material balance and solvent

recovery etc.,

2.7.2 Products Manufactured

The existing product is only one, namely Ibuprofen, with production capacity of 120 MTPA.

With this proposal, CBL proposes to introduce 26 numbers of new products with capacity of

231.6 MTPA. Thus, the total number of products after expansion will be 27 with capacity of

351.6 MTPA. The existing products do not have EC. CFE not obtained for the facility.

Existing CFO and its conditions compliance are enclosed as Annexure 3 & 4 respectively.

There is no EC &CFE for existing product, but CFO vide (No.05/PCB/RO(BDR)/UIN-

0604023585/CFO/2012-13/253,. dt. 03.07.2012 Valid till 30.06.2017) has been obtained.

2.7.3 Detailed Manufacturing process description

The general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-6.


68

Figure 2-6 General Activity Of The Project

The manufacturing process for existing and proposed products is described with

stoichiometric equation, material balance and process flow charts. Product MSDS is

provided in Annexure 20. Material balance and mass balance for all the products is

provided in Annexure 19.

Rawmaterial to product- product to waste generation ratio for each product is provided in

Annexure 19.

Safety Measures Proposed for Hydrogenation Process:

1. PLC base process controls and operation of plant will be installed.

2. FLP type area will be provided.

3. Total enclosed process system.

4. Instrument & Plant Air System.


68







Annexure 19.







68







Annexure 19.







69

5. Nitrogen blanketing in Hydrogenation reactor.

6. Safety valve and Rupture disc provided on reactor.

7. Cooling Chilling and power alternative arrangement have been made on

reactor .

8. Hydrogen and Nitrogen Cylinder bank away from the

9. autoclave reactor.

10. PRV station with shut off valve, safety valve provision will be made for

hydrogenation reaction safety .

11. Hydrogen Gas charging in to reactor initially and after completion of reaction

Nitrogen flushing will be done .

12. Flame arrestor will be provided on vent line of reactor and it will be

extended upto roof level .

13. Safe Catalyst charging method will be adopted.

14. SOP will be prepared and operators will be trained for the same .

15. Static earthing and electric earthing (Double) provided.

16. Rector vent extended outside the process area and flame arrest or provided

on vent line.

17. Dumping vessel arrangement will be made.

18. Jumper for static earthing on pipeline flanges of flammable chemical will be

provided.

2.8 Storage tank detailsThe details of the storage tank are shown in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5 Storage Tank Details

S.No Chemicals Diameter(m)

Height(m)

Volume(m3)

InternalTemp(ºC)

InternalPressure(Kg/cm2)

Mode ofstorage

tank

1 Toluene 1.51 6.36 10,000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

2 Toluene 1.51 6.36 10,000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

3 Methanol 2.22 3.9 15,000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground


70

4 Methanol 2.22 3.9 15,000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

5 Ethyl Acetate 1.59 2.45 5000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

6 Acetone 1.59 2.45 5000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

7 MDC 1.59 2.45 5000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

8 Acetonitrile 1.59 2.45 5000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

9 n-Hexane 1.59 2.45 5000 Ambient Atmospheric Above

ground

2.9 Raw Materials Requirement

The list of raw material for the proposed products is provided in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6 List of raw materials

S.No

Raw materials Quantity(Kg/M) Sourcing

Mode ofTranspor

t

Existing Additional Total

1. (2E)-3-[4-amino-3,5-dimethylphenyl]acrylonitrile hydrochloride

------ 625

625

Domestic

ByRoad

2.(2S,3R)-1-(Dimethylamino-3-(hydroxyphenyl)-2-Methylpentane-3-ol(TAP)

------ 480

480

Domestic

ByRoad

3.(3R,5S)-5-Biphenyl-4-Methyl-1-(2,2- Methyl-Propionyl)-3-Methyl-pyrrolidone(SAC)

------ 935

935

Domestic

ByRoad

4. (4-Chloromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl-hexamethylene amineHCl

------ 70

70

Domestic By

Road

6. (S)-2-(Azidomethyl)- ------ 50 50 Domesti By


71

(3-flouro-4-morpholino phenyl)-5- oxazolidin

0 0 c Road

7. (s)-3-methyl-1-(2-piperidinopheny) 1-butylamine

------ 570

570

Domestic

ByRoad

8.(S)-5-Chloro-alpha-(Cyclopropylethynyl-2-amino-alpha -(trifluoro methyl)benzene methanol (EV-VI)

------- 933

933

Domestic

ByRoad

9.

2-( 2-(4-Flouro-Phenyl)-2-oxo-1-Phenyl)-4-Methyl-3-oxo-Phentaxonic acidPhenylamide(ATR)

------ 830

830

Domestic

ByRoad

10.

2-(2-(3-(S)-(3-(2-(7-Chloro-2quinolinyl)ethyl)phenyl)-3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl-2-proponol(MTK)

------ 500

500

Domestic

ByRoad

11.

2,8-bis(tri fluoromethyl) -4-iodoquinoline

------

522 522

Domestic

ByRoad

12.

2.6 dimethyl phenoxy acetylchloride

------

325 325

Domestic

ByRoad

13.

3-ethoxy-4-ethoxycarbonyl phenyl aceticacid

------

584 584

Domestic

ByRoad

14.

4-(4-chloro pyrimidin-2-ylamino)benzonitrile

------

692 692

Domestic

ByRoad

15.

4-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methyl-1,3-dioxo)-2-one

------

260 260

Domestic

ByRoad

16.

4,6-Dichloro-5-(2-Methoxyphenoxy)-2,2' Bipyrimidine

------

349 349

Domestic

ByRoad

17.

4-Cyanophenyl glycine ------

210 210

Domestic

ByRoad

18.

4-Tertbutyl benzenesulfonamide

------

213 213

Domestic

ByRoad

19.

5-benzyloxy-2-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-3-methyl-1Hindole

------

97 97

Domestic

ByRoad

20.

5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole-2-carboxylic acidpotassium salt

------

382 382

Domestic

ByRoad

21.

Acetic Acid ------

127 127

Domestic

ByRoad

22.

Acetic anhydride ------

490 490

Domestic

ByRoad

23.

Acetone 2000

------ 2000 Domestic

ByRoad

24.

Acetonitrile ------

6450 6450 Domestic

ByRoad

25.

Acetyl chloride 4500

200 4700 Domestic

ByRoad


72

26.

Activated carbon ------

23 23

Domestic

ByRoad

27.

Aluminum chloride 6600


ByRoad

28.

Ammonium chloride ------

60 60

Domestic

ByRoad

29.

Ammonium hydroxide ------

607 607

Domestic

ByRoad

30.

ATADH ------

607 607

Domestic

ByRoad

31. N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-tert-

leucine

Atazanavir Tri hydro chloride

(ATZ-I)

------ 726 726 Domestic By Road

31. N-(methoxycarbonyl)-L-tert-

leucine

Atazanavir Tri hydro chloride

(ATZ-I)


32.

Azilsartan (or)1-[[2-(4,5-

dihydro-5-oxo-

4H-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)

biphenyl-4- yl]methyl]-2-

ethoxy-1H-benzimidazole-

7-carboxylic acid


33. Benzhydryl sulfinyl acetic acid ------ 548 548 Domestic By Road

34. Butyric acid ------ 256 256 Domestic By Road

35. Calcium carbonate ------ 110 110 Domestic By Road

36. Calcium Dichloride ------ 106 106 Domestic By Road

37. Carbon ------ 5 5 Domestic By Road

38. Carbon tetra chloride 2000 ------ 2000 Domestic By Road

39. Caustic lye 4000 ------ 4000 Domestic By Road

40. Con.Hydrochloric acid ------ 209 209 Domestic By Road

41. Cyclo Hexane ------ 6000 6000 Domestic By Road

42.

Di ethyl-[6-chloro-2-carbazolyl]

methyl malonate ------- 747 747 Domestic By Road


73

43. Di methyl amino pyridine ------ 244 244 Domestic By Road

44. Diisopropyl carbodiimide ------ 194 194 Domestic By Road

45. Dimethyl acetamide ------ 2000 2000 Domestic By Road

46. Dimethyl sulfoxide ------ 4500 4500 Domestic By Road

47. Dimethylformide ------ 230 230 Domestic By Road

48.

Ethanol ------

117 117

Domestic

ByRoad

49.

Ethylene glycol ------

60 60

Domestic

ByRoad

50.

Ethyl 3-(3-amino-4-(methylamino)-N-

pyridine-2-yl)benzamido)propanoate

------

408 408

Domestic

ByRoad

51.

Ethyl acetate -------

12575 12575 Domestic

ByRoad

52.

Ethyl Chloro formate ------

7373 7373 Domestic

ByRoad

53.

Etodolac methyl ester ------

2315 2315 Domestic

ByRoad

54.

Glutamic Anhydride-----

-1254 1254 Domesti

cBy

Road55.

Heptane ------

5840 5840 Domestic

ByRoad

56.

Hexane ------

1280 1280 Domestic

ByRoad

57.

Hydrochloric acid 9000

3629.5 12629.5 Domestic

ByRoad

58.

Hydrogen ------

10 10

Domestic

ByRoad

59.

Hydrogen bromide ------

170 170

Domestic

ByRoad

60.

Isobutanol ------

3650 3650 Domestic

ByRoad

61.

Isobutyl chloro formate ------

195 195

Domestic

ByRoad

62.

Isobutylbenzene 8000


ByRoad

63.

Isopropyl alcohol 1200

4000 5200 Domestic

ByRoad

64.

Isopropyl chloro acetate 7200


ByRoad

65.

N-(4-amino-1-benzyl-3-

hydroxy 5 phenyl-pentyl)-3-

methyl(2-ono- tetrahydro

pyrimidin-1-yl)-

butyramide(LOP)


tert butyl(5-amino-6-(((3as,

4R,


74

66.

6S,6Ar)-6-(2-hydroxy ethoxy)-

2,2- dimethyl tetra hydro-4H-

cyclopenta(ol)[1,3] dioxol,4-yl)

amino)-

2-(propyl theo)pyrimidin-4-

yl)(1R,2S)-2- (3,4-difluoro

phenyl)cyclopropyl

carbamate (TICA)


67.

2-fluoro-alpha cyclo propyl

carbonyl bromide (PRAS) ------ 886 886 Domestic By Road

68.

1-amino-1-methylethyl N-[4-

fluoro benzyl 5-hydroxy-1-

methyl-6-oxo-1,6- dihydro

Pyrimidine-4-

carboxamide(RAL)


69.

5,6,7,7a tetrahydro-4H thiero

[3,2-c]-2- pyridine-2-one HCl

(PRAS)


70. Liq.Ammonia ------ 34 34 Domestic By Road

71. Liq.bromine ------ 1043 1043 Domestic By Road

72. Lithium aluminum hydride ------ 10 10 Domestic By Road

73.

L-threo-(N-pthaloyl-3-

(3,4methyl ene dioxy phenyl)

serine (DRO)


74. Maleic acid ------ 30 30 Domestic By Road

75. Megnesium ------ 32 32 Domestic By Road

76. Mercaptoic Acid ------ 146 146 Domestic By Road

77. Methane Sulfonyl chloride ------ 115 115 Domestic By Road

78. Methanol ------ 21780 21780 Domestic By Road

79. Methyl chloro formate ------- 304 304 Domestic By Road

80. Methyl Tetra hydro furan ------ 1100 1100 Domestic By Road

81. Methylene dichloride ------ 16610 16610 Domestic By Road

82. MITAV ------ 450 450 Domestic By road

83. N- Ethyl diisopropyl amine ------ 129 129 Domestic By Road

84. n-Hexane 8000 ------ 8000 Domestic By Road


75

85. N-Methoxy carbonyl -L-tert

leucine


86. N-Methyl morpholine ------ 466 466 Domestic By Road

87. Oxalyl chloride ------ 292 292 Domestic By Road

88. Palladium carbon ------ 32.3 32.3 Domestic By Road

89. Pivalic Acid ------ 200 200 Domestic By Road

90. Potassium carbonate ------ 1121 1121 Domestic By Road

91. Platinum on carbon ------ 27 27 Domestic By Road

92. p-Toluene sulfonyl chloride ------ 380 380 Domestic By Road

93. Para toluene sulfonic acid

monohydrate


94. Pyridine-2-carboxaldehyde

(MEF)


95.

N-(5-((bromotriphenyl-5-phos

phanyl) methyl-4-(4-floro

phenyl) -6-isopropyl pyrimidin-

2-yl)-N- Methyl methane


sulphonamide

96. Sodium bi carbonate ------ 332 332 Domestic By Road

97. Sodium carbonate ------ 523 523 Domestic By Road

98. Sodium dicromate 4000 ------ 4000 Domestic By Road

99. Sodium hydride ------ 80 80 Domestic By Road

100

.

Sodium hydroxide ------ 1608 1608 Domestic By Road

101

.

Sodium metal 2500 ------ 2500 Domestic By Road

102

.

Sodium methoxide 1200 1173 2373 Domestic By Road

105

.

Potassium tertiary butoxide ------ 244 244 Domestic By Road


76

106

.

t-butanol ------ 1840 1840 Domestic By Road

107

.

t-Butyl(4R,6R)-6-(2-amino

ethyl)-2,2- Dimethyl-1,3-

Dioxane-4-yl) Acetate


108

.

tert –Butyl 2-((4R,6S)-6-

formyl-2,2- dimethyl-1,3-

dioxan-4-yl acetate


109

.

Tetra hydrofuran ------ 6100 6100 Domestic By Road

110

.

Toluene ------ 22900 22900 Domestic By Road

111

.

trans-11 chloro-2,3,3a,12b-

tetra hydro-

2-methyl-1h-dibenz [2,3,

6,7)oxepino[4,5-c] pyrrole-one


112

.

Tri ethyl amine ------ 1585 1585 Domestic By Road

MSDS of the raw materials are given in Annexure 21.

2.10 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products

The raw materials are either obtained from local suppliers (Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka,

Telengana, Andhra Pradesh etc.) or imported (from China etc.) & transportation mode is by

air, road & sea. List of raw materials is provided in Table 2.5

2.11 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products

Adequate storage facilities with optimum inventories are provided for the raw materials and

products. The raw materials, products and others storage facilities required are detailed in

below

Table 2-7.Table 2-7 Storage Facilities

S. No ItemStorage Area (Sq.m)

Existing ProposedTotal afterexpansion

1. Raw materials 357 0 357


77

2. Solvents 100 0 100

3. Products Storage 42 0 42

Total 499 499

2.12 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry

2.12.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-Use:

Solvents do not contribute to the effectiveness of the drug, with the exception of forming the

desired solvate in the final product. However, solvents play an essential role in chemical

processing for controlling the reaction rate, facilitating heat and mass transfer and enabling

product separation and purification, which cannot be replaced easily with other alternatives.

Various solvents are proposed to be used during the process of manufacture of the

proposed products. The solvents proposed to be recovered and recycled during the process

of manufacture of each product are detailed inTable 2-8.

Table 2-8 Solvent Recovery and Re-use

S. No Solvents Name Storage Mode

Quantity (kg/Annum)

Qty usedRecovered

andre-used

1. Acetic acid HDPE drums 1524 1450

2. Acetone Tank Above ground 24000 20400

3. TolueneMS tank

Above ground274800 261060

4. Methylene dichloride Tank Above ground 199320 139520

5. Tetra hydrofuran MS drums 73200 51240

6. Cyclohexane HDPE drums 72000 64800

7. Dimethyl formamide HDPE drums 2760 2345

8. Ethanol HDPE drums 1404 1263

9. Ethylene glycol HDPE drums 720 648

10. Ethyl acetate Tank Above ground 150900 120700

11. Hexane HDPE drums 15360 13056

12. Heptane HDPE drums 70080 59570


78

13. Iso butanol HDPE drums 43800 37230

14. Isopropyl alcohol MS drums 62400 53040

15. MethanolMS tank


16. t-butanol HDPE drums 22080 18770

17. Acetonitrile Tank Above ground 77400 69660

18. n-HexaneMS tank


2.12.2 Solvent Recovery System:

After the reaction is complete the solvents are recovered by distillation process.

The distillation unit has two condensers in series (shell and tube type).

The first condenser is passed with cooling tower water, while the second condenser

will have chilled brine solution at -10 to -20 °C as coolants.

After the vapors are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed vapors is

passed through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled water.

The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system.

All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line. These

fumes and exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali solution.

The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed water is sent

to MEE for further treatment.

This wet scrubber absorbs acidic vapors, traces of solvents etc. and purified gas

stream is let out into the atmosphere.

CBL achieves ~85 % of solvent recovery with ~ 15 % of loss.The typical solvent recovery system is depicted in Figure 2-7


79

Figure 2-7 Typical solvent recovery system

Spent Carbon:Spent carbon is used during the process of manufacture of different products. The spent

carbon will be disposed to KSPCB authorized incinerators. The detailed list of the quantities

is appended in the below Table 2-9.Table 2-9 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal

S. No Products NameQuantity of spent

Carbon used,Kg/A

Disposal Method

1 Ibuprofen 0

Shall be Sent to KSPCB

authorized incinerators

2 Etodolac 263.74

3 Mefloquine hydrochloride 0

4 Armodafinil 0

5 Azilisartan medoxomil 0

6 Pregabaline 0

7 Repaglinide 5.58

8 Bosentan 0

9 Atrovastatin calcium 0

10 Rosuvastatin calcium 0

11 Ritonavir 0

12 Lopinavir 0


80

13 Efavirenz 0

14 Droxydopa 0

15 Sacubitril 0

16 Bazedoxifine 0

17 Carprofen 0

18 Dabigartan 0

19 Asenapine maleate 0

20 Linezolid 0

21 Raltegravir potassium 0

22 Rilpivirine hydrochloride 0

23 Atazanavir 0

24 Ticagrelor 0

25 Montelukast sodium 0

26 Tapentadol hydrochloride 0

27 Prasugrel) 0

Total 336 Kg/A

2.13 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components Of Project, Schematic Representations Of The FeasibilityDrawing Giving Information Important For Eia Purpose

2.13.1 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components of Project

The project site layout plan demarcating various units within the plant and the boundaries

with land use pattern is appended in Figure 2-8 and enclosed as Annexure 8. Land

document is attached as Annexure 1.


81

Figure 2-8 Project Site Layout

The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres). The land use pattern is provided in

Table 2-10 and detailed land area break-up is provided in Table 2-11 & Table 2-12.

Table 2-10 Land Use Pattern

Land use

Area

Existing ProposedConstruction Total after expansion

Sq. m % Sq. m Sq. m %Building Area 1401.2280 8.94 (+)712.702 2113.93 13.50Road Area 2211.0200 14.12 0 2211.02 14.12Green BeltandLandscaping

10057.0000 64.24 0 10057.00 64.24

Vacant land 1987.752 12.7 (-)712.702 1275.05 8.14Total 15657.00 100.00 0 15657.00 100.00


82

Table 2-11 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Existing Facility

S.No Area Name

Area

Sq. mt Arce

1 Production Block 218.630 0.055

2 Canteen 17.950 0.004

3 Office Room 78.320 0.020

4 Salt Room 24.190 0.006

5 Store Room 310.950 0.078

6 Security Room 99.520 0.025

7 Chilling Plant ( Utility Area) 180.760 0.045

8 Cooling Plant 33.420 0.008

9 ETP 100.030 0.025

10 Electrical Room 45.490 0.011

11 Boiler House 45.490 0.011

12 Pressure Reactor Room 39.218 0.010

13 Thermofluid Boiler 38.560 0.010

14 QC Room ( first floor) 84.350 0.021

15 Dryer Room ( Ground Floor) 84.350 0.021

Total 1401.228 0.350

Table 2-12 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Additional Facility

S. No Area NameArea

Sq. mt Arce

1 Production area 233.372 0.058

2 Stores 186.630 0.046

3 ETP 292.700 0.072

Total 712.702 0.176

Site photographs are appended below in Figure 2-9.


83

Front View Office Room& Greenbelt

Greenbelt Greenbelt

Production Block Reactors

Reactors ETP

Figure 2-9 Existing Site Photographs

SITE BEARINGS: The proposed project site is surrounded by Neighbour land and few

industrial plots as shown in Table 2-13.


84

Table 2-13 Site Bearings

S. No Particulars Direction w.r.t. project site

1. KIADB Road Front

2. KIADB Green Belt Back

3. Karnataka Sericulture land Left

4. Industrial Plant Right

2.14 Resource Requirements

2.14.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning

The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres). The green belt area is 10057 sq m (64.24

Acres) i.e., 64.24%.The land use pattern is provided in Table 2-10 and detailed land area

break-up is provided in Table 2-11 & Table 2-12.

2.14.2 Water Requirement

The water requirement for proposed construction phase will be 10 KLD.

The water requirement for the existing facility is 8.775KLD, which is met from private water

suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 41.225KLD, and

thus the total water requirement will be 50KLD. The fresh water requirement will be met from

private water suppliers. Water supply agreement is enclosed as Annexure 9.

The water requirement break-up details are provided in theTable 2-14.The water balance

charts for existing and proposed quantities are appended in Figure 2-10 and Figure 2-11respectively and also enclosed as Annexure 10 and Annexure 11 respectively.

Table 2-14 Water Requirement Break-up

Waterrequirement

Existing(KLD)

Proposed(KLD)

Total(KLD)

Total after expansionWater Break-up (KLD)

Fresh Treated

Domestic 0.80 2.00 2.80 0 2.80

Process 2.90 17.10 20.00 20 0

Scrubber 1.20 2..00 3.20 3.2 0

Lab &

Plant Wash0.50 0.50 1.00 0 1.0

Boiler Feed 1.50 6.50 8.00 0 8.0


85

Gardening 0.875 4.00 4.875 0.9 3.975

Cooling Tower

make up1.00 9.125 10.125 0 10.125

Total 8.775 41.225 50.00 24.1 25.9


86

Figure 2-10 Water Balance Chart-Existing


87

Figure 2-11 Water Balance Chart - After Expansion


88

2.14.3 Power and Fuel Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM. DG sets will act as the

standby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failures. The details of power

requirement and backup power facilities are given in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement

Details

Capacity

SourceExisting Proposed

Total – AfterExpansion

Power

Requirement

(KVA)

250 250 500 GESCOM

Back-up (DG Set)

(KVA)1*175 1*250 1*175+1*250 DG sets

Diesel

Requirements

(lit/Month)

Approx.

2000

Approx.

2500Approx. 4500 HP

Boiler Fuel

(Mt/ day) Coal4 20 24

Singareni

Colonies

Company Ltd.

(SCCL)

Boiler (TPH) 1x1.5 = 1.5 1x2.0 = 2.0 1x1.5 +1x2.0=3.5 -

Thermic fluidheater (Kcal/hr)Coal

1x200000 - 200000 -

2.14.4 Manpower Requirement

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel is

given in

Table 2-16.

Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement

Existing Proposed Total

Permanent 10 20 30

Contractual 15 25 40

Total 25 45 70


89

Construction Phase: 10 nos.

2.15 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

2.15.1 Solid Waste Management

MSW will be disposed to KSPCB Municipal bin/ Recyclers, the source of Municipal solid

waste in the industry is from the domestic use. The details are given in the Table 2-17&Table 2-18.

Table 2-17 Municipal Solid Waste During Construction Phase

Type Quantity Kg/day Disposal method

Organic 2.4Local municipal bin

including food waste

Inorganic 2.6 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 5.0

Note: Manpower- 10 Nos

Table 2-18 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase

Type Quantity Disposal method

Organic (kg/day) 16.8 Local municipal binincluding food waste

Inorganic(kg/day) 18.2 KSPCB authorized

recyclersPaper / CardBoard (MTA) 3 Burnt in Boiler

Dust BinCollections(MTA) 12 Municipal bin

DryLeaves(MTA) 15 Burnt in Boiler

MetalScrap(MTA) 25 Sold as scrp to vendors

under agreementWooden

Scarp(MTA) 15 Burnt in Boiler

As per CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5

Total Municipal Solid Waste Generated during the operation phase will be 35 Kg/day for total

70 employees of existing and additional manpower due to expansion.


90

2.15.2 Hazardous waste Management

The various hazardous waste are generated from the process are spent catalyst, spent

solvent, process residues, chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discarded

bags from the raw materials section. These are stored in a separate hazardous waste

storage area and are disposed off by sending it to the authorized dealers within a stipulated

period of time. Hazardous waste materials are properly disposed as per the Hazardous

Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and

subsequent amendment in 2016. KSPCB authorization for HWM is under process and

Agreement made with KSPCB approved TSDF (Ramky Enviro Engineers Limited) is under

process. The type of hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed in the

Table 2-19.

Table 2-19 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory

Hazardouswaste

Generated

Quantity

Method of handlingExisting Proposed

Total –After

Expansion

5.1Used Oil

(KLA)0.3 0.3 0.6

Collected in leak proof

containers and disposed only

to KSPCB registered

authorized re-processor

28.1

Process

Residueand

waste

(Kg /day)

75 100 175

Will be collected in carboys

and stored in Hazardous

waste storage area handed

over to KSPCB Authorized

incinerator .

28.3Spent Carbon

(MTPA)0 0.336 0.336

Will be collected in polythene

bags and stored in

Hazardous waste storage

area& sent to KSPCB

authorized dealer.

33.1MS Drums

(MTA)30 60 90 Stored in secure manner and

handed over to KSPCB

authorized recycler33.1HDPE Used

Liners0.2 0.4 0.6


91

(MTA)

35.3

ETP

Sludge/Chemical

sludge from

clarifier and

evaporator

(MTA)

21 25 46

Will be collected in polythene

bags and stored in

Hazardous waste storage

area and handed over to

KSPCB Authorized TSDF

2.16 Infrastructure facilities

Sanitation and restroom will be provided to the labor force during the construction phase.

During operation phase the office room, rest room and canteen are being provided to the

employees. The site layout is enclosed as Annexure-8.

2.17 Machinery & Equipment Details

The detailed list of machinery & equipments in the industry installed & proposed to be

procured for the manufacture of products are provided in Table 2-20 and Table 2-21.

Table 2-20 List of Machinery & Equipments-Existing

S. No Description of Main Machineries Capacity No.s

Reactors

1 Glass lined Reactor 2.0 KL 1


3 SS Reactor 1.0 KL 4




Filter/Drier

7 Tray Driers 96 Trays 1

8 Tray Driers 24Trays 1

9 Rotocone vacuum drier 100 Kg 1

10 SS Neutch filter 100 Kg 1


12 SS Leaf filter 50 Lts 1

Centrifuges

13 SS 316 centrifuge 48 " 1


92


Table 2-21 List of Machinery & Equipments- Proposed

S. No Description of Main Machineries Capacity No.s

Reactors







Filter/Drier

7 Tray Driers 96 Trays 1

8 Tray Driers 48Trays 1

9 Rotocone vacuum drier 500 Kg 1



12 SS Leaf filter 200 Lts 2

Centrifuges



Justification for number of products and number of reactors:

The existing product is 1 number, new products are 26 numbers, and thus the total proposed

products are 27numbers.Thereare28number of reactors with different capacities for the

purpose of (i). Running reactions, (ii).Work-up, (iii). Solvents distillation and (iv). Product

isolation, at each of above activities few reactors will be engaged.

2.18 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which GiveInformation Important for EIA Purpose

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment process

is shown in Figure 2-12. The EIA process is composed of the following stages:


93

Study of project information

Screening & Scoping

Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR

Collection of detailed project management plan/report

Baseline Data collection

Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation

Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP

Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan

Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.

Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as

well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

Figure 2-12Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process


94

2.19 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meet theEnvironmental Standards

2.19.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location

The proposal is an expansion project within the existing facility in KIADB. Therefore, there

will not be any land acquisition requirement and no impact due to location will arise.

2.19.2 Impacts due to changes in land use pattern

The project site land area is 15659.25 sq m (3.87 Acres). Since this is an expansion project

which involves some construction work there will be little change in existing land use pattern

of the project site.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of

the project on the land environment.

Air emissions will be effectively controlled by use of scrubbers and therefore

deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is not

envisaged.

Disposal of solid waste will be carried out through authorized vendor.

Plant will be maintained ZLD. No effluent will be discharged directly on land without

treatment., impact on the land environment is not envisaged.

Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises.

Accidental spills will be cleaned, reported and monitored.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid

waste or liquid effluent from the proposed expansion.

The most likely impacts on the environment due to the proposed project need to be

appraised during the two different phases of the project namely pre-operation/construction

phase and operation phase. The particulars on impacts that could be triggered on the

environmental attributes by the activities of the proposed project are discussed below.

2.20 Construction Phase

Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as the

construction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. The

major activities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works,

machinery works and transportation works.


95

During the construction phase, the following activities among many are considered to be

important towards creating environmental impacts:

1. Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site).

2. Excavation, backfilling and levelling

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils.

4. Foundation works.

5. Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, Tanks, Pipelines and Sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads, drains & water supply.

7. Painting and finishing.

8. Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.

2.20.1 Land Environment

Impacts

The activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use

from vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impacts

on the land environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy

construction vehicles and machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures

1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using

protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of

soil.

2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.

3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development

and landscaping.

4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent

land/soil pollution.

5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential

for water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).


96

6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing

internal road and project structures.

2.20.2 Air Environment

Impacts

The activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are

1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the

surroundings.

2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.

4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it

can impact the labors working.

5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.

7. Cleaning and landscaping.

8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipments.

Mitigation measures

1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust

generation.

2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

3. Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.

4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments.

6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions,

noise pollution and consumption of energy resource.

7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions.

8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.

9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of

construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

2.20.3 Water Environment

Impacts


97

1. Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas.

2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.

3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a

change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.

4. Generation of sewage / process effluent and blow down.

Mitigation measures

1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from the private water

suppliers.

2. Impermeable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing or

fugitive losses.

3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to prevent

accidental release or spillage.

4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to

utilize the rain water for construction purpose.

5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Wastewater Management:

Domestic:

The sewage generated will be sent to sewage collection tank followed by Soak pit.

2.20.4 Noise Environment

Impacts

The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatic

hammers, DG sets, compressors, concrete mixers, operating machineries, horns &

acoustic signals and communication among workers.

Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at the

site and those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures

Barricading the construction site.

The existing green belt will help in reducing the noise levels.

Selection of equipments of high quality.


98

Proper planning and organizing of construction activities, will help in avoiding loud

verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.

Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will be

provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the work

does not necessitate, will be avoided.

Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure

control through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in

construction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

2.20.5 Waste Generation

Sources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden

scrap, sand and gravel.

Mitigation measures

Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required,

location and planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.

Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of delivery

thus avoiding later disposal.

Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spill

or washed onto the adjacent roads.

Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded.

Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods.

Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris.

Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed

containers before disposing it to approved recyclers.

2.20.6 Ecology

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility and is within the industrial area,

hence no impacts have been expected to arise on the biological environment. Except


99

for the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained by

conserving/developing the green belt at the site.

2.20.7 Social Environment

The impacts of construction activities is beneficial on the social environment as it

contributes to the economic and social development by providing employment to

about 10 workers during the construction phase and thereby raising the standards of

living and quality of life.

Procurement of construction materials locally leads to increase in trading

opportunities.

2.21 OPERATION PHASE

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its

potential to invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this

operational phase of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation,

Noise generation, Solid and hazardous wastes generation.


The land use of the existing facility is already for industrial use. The proposed expansion will

be within the existing facility hence there will be no change in land use pattern.

i. Discharges on Land-Impact

The sewage will be sent to Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD

Capacity and treated sewage will be used for green belt development and the industrial

effluent will be treated in ZLD, hence there will be no discharges on land premises.

Mitigation Measures

1. Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines

2. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of

the conveyance pipeline in case any leakage is detected.

3. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines will be adopted.

4. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

5. Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for

various requirements.


100

6. Regarding ETP,there will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero

Liquid Discharge.

ii. Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardous

wastes generated during various operations in the project site. Sludge generated during

production process, chemical waste including toxic waste, burnt fuel waste, oil slurry, Salts

from ATFD etc are the source of hazardous waste. Sludge from ETP will be generated. Poor

management of such materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil

contamination.

Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices for waste handling will be adopted to

eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored in

temporary storage facility and transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility

(TSDF) and also to the approved vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board

(KSPCB) landfill and Co-processing. However, waste minimisation techniques will be

adopted in order to minimise the generation of wastes.


Air pollutants in the form of oxides of nitrogen, sulfur & SPM from generators, boilers & acid

mist/VOCs from the process section, contribute and cause certain impacts on the air quality.

APC measures are adequate to disperse the pollutants. Reactors are provided with

individual scrubbers and the scrubbed gases will pass through stacks (2 nos.) Boiler is

provided with Cyclonic separator to control the pollutants. The same measures will be folloed

for proposed boiler also. Adequate green belt has been developed to mitigate the pollution

arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG - process and boiler -Stacks

and Ambient air quality will be carried out. Air Pollution Control Measures are provided in

Table 2-22.

Table 2-22 Air Pollution Control Measures

S.No.

Description ofSource of

GenerationEmission

APC measuresProposed

Point of Dischargeheight in meters

Actual KSPCB/CFO

1 Reactors Acid fumes Individual scrubber 8 AGL 3.0 ARL/


101

and stacks (2 Nos) 9.0 AGL

2

Boilers

Exsiting: 1x1.5 TPH &

Proposed: 1x2TPH

All Coal fired SO2, NO2 & PM

Individual stack

22AGL

(1.5TPH)14.75 AGL

27AGL

(1TPH)-

Propd

10 AGL

3

DG 1 x 175 KVA Individual Stacks 10AGL 3 ARL

DG 1 x 250 KVA

ProposedIndividual Stacks 15 AGL -

4 Thermic Fluid Heater - 10 AGL -

Fugitive emission

CBL adopts the following action plan to control fugitive emission from the reactors and

odour.

The outfall of reactor will be connected to primary condense.

Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser,

emission passing through condensers will get condensed.

The condensed emission will be recycled to process.

From vapor condenser cloud it will be again recycled to reactor,

Leakage of emission due to damage will be detected manually and repaired.

The process emission from the reactors will be scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and

vented through the stacks of adequate heights.

Thus the fugitive emissions will be controlled.

Odour control

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervals and

is being submitted to the Board.

The Environment Health Safety team are trained on Industrial hygiene and sampling /

testing techniques.


102

Local exhaust ventilation at storage locations will be provided at storage locations

which will be connected to the scrubbers.

Turbo ventilators will be provided at strategic locations.

All the areas are covered with Air Handling units.

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/bag filters will be provided by the

industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in

order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured

concentrations. NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and

adequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling will be carried out on road surfaces in the project area.

Adequate Green belt width will be provided.

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin.

All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission

standards.

In addition, Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will ensure that unit will install all

essential pollution control measures as stated by KSEIAA/ KSPCB.


Impact

Noise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineries at the project site like

Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,

materials, material transportation, liquid / fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the

proposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site

would be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workers

engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational exposure. The

proposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house, compressors, pumps,


103

DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause

exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed water

pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of

25 dB (A) and silencers for other equipments etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring

cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time

weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator

cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will

be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to

minimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub

plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas

and along approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase

of the project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international

standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and secured

properly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms will be maintained properly to

minimize vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like

Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS),

which is being practiced and would be continued to mitigate the workers’ health

effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.


104

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of finished

products and raw materials will be planned in line with the same.


i. Potential Impact due to Location

Impact on Existing Water Resources

During operation phase, water requirement for proposed unit will be mainly for process,

condenser cooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water, domestic use, fire

water, green belt etc.


suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 41.225KLD, and

thus the total water requirement after expansion will be 50KLD. The fresh water requirement

will be met from private water suppliers

The sewage generated will be treated in Pacakged sewage treatment of Jhokosa process 3

KLD and the treated sewage will be used for greenbelt. Wastewater generated from the

project will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge will be maintained, hence the

impact due to the proposed project is very minimal.

ii. Impacts To Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the area

are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water

and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in

Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system

and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable

water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 5.0 km radius

area. Therefore the efficiency of Zero Liquid Discharge will be ensured with proper

regulatory and institutional arrangements.

Mitigation Measures


105

Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following measures are

proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario and also to ensure

that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rainfall harvesting and

groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Storage cum recharge ponds

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

iii. Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial process wastewater/effluent

Boiler and cooling water blow down

Domestic wastewater/Sewage

Equipment cleaning, floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project is given in

Table 2-23. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect

the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground

and surface water.

Wastewater Quality and Quantity with Treatment methods

Existing: The sewage generated is sent to septic tank followed by Soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant is stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). The

sludge from neutralization tank is dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent is sent to

forced evaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF and

centrifuge drain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.

Proposed: The sewage will be sent to Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa

process of 3 KLD Capacity and the treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.


106

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD).

The sludge from neutralization tank will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent

will be sent to MEE (30 KLD), Condensate after biological treatment will be recycled for

various application as shown in Table 2-14. MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt

from ATFD will be sent to TSDF.

The existing wastewater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be a

Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given in

Table 2-23.

Table 2-23 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal

Description Existing ProposedTotal afterexpansion

TreatmentUnits

Final Disposal point

Domestic

(KLD)0.65 1.55 2.2 STP

Treated sewage will be

used for Greenbelt.

Industrial

effluent (KLD)4.7 22 26.7

ZLD

(ETP,MEE

&ATFD)

Treated water recycled.

Solid will be sent to

TSDF

Characteristics of effluents is provided in Table 2-24. ZLD scheme (ETP, MEE) is provided

in Annexure 12 and STP scheme is provided in Annexure 13.

Table 2-24: Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. Parameter





CPCB Standards

1 pH Neutral Neutral 6 – 8.5

2 TDS 70000 <2000 -

3 COD 30000 <100 <250

4 BOD 3000 <20 <30

5 TSS 200-250 <30 <100


Conveyance of Wastewater to ETP:

The wastewater will be conveyed to ETP through pipeline.


107

Wastewater Collection

There are 6 no of tanks for each type of wastewater generated and the holding capacity of

each tank is 5 KL.

Mitigation Measures

ETP to treat industrial effluents.

Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD Capacity for sewage

treatment and treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

ETP is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. Treated wastewater will be recycled for

various application as shown inTable 2-14.

A storm water drainage system is already developed for the project site.

The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area.

The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will

be sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further

treatment. The treated water will be re used for various applications.

2.21.5 Biological Environment

Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and the

study area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area

are local species only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have any

adverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during the

operation phase will not be carried out.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of

terrestrial ecology and biodiversity.


Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can be

broadly categorized as Hazardous Wastes and Municipal Solid Wastes, generated Municipal

Solid Waste includes biodegradable, recyclable and inert compounds.Munisolid waste

generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of

solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Section 2.14. If the


108

solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will

impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the

operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure

adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic

and inorganic wastes. Solid waste management concept is given in Figure 2-13.

Figure 2-13 Waste Management Concept

2.22 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk of technologicalfailure

The project is Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing industry with R & D

activity. The process used for production is made by M/S. Chiral Biosciences Ltd.s in

house team and there will not be any changes in the process. The manufacturing

processes for these products are tried & tested method, and therefore there is no risk

of technological failure. In addition to this, the facility is being backed up by the R & D

centre which will put continuous efforts for optimization of the processes to take care

of any technological failures.


109

CHAPTER-3DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT


110

3. Description of Environment

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the existing environmental conditions in and around the proposed

project with an area of 3.8 Acres (1.53 Ha) located at Plot No. 50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey

No.305 & 11 KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar &Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar

District, Karnataka State. The primary baseline data monitored covered three (3) months i.e.,

from October- December 2018, and secondary data was collected from Government and

Semi-Government organisations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s.

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, a MoEF&CC approved Environmental

Testing Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental components

Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed & Direction-

Refer Section - 3.6 Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10), Particulate matter

<2.5 micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Carbon

Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3),Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12),

Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni)& Ammonia (NH3), VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr, H2S & HF- ReferSection - 3.7

Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise levels -

Refer Section - 3.8 Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality - Refer Section -

3.9 Soil Quality - Refer Section - 3.10 Ecology - Refer Section - 3.11 Social Economic Status - Refer Section - 3.12

3.2 Study Area

A 10 Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter has been identified

as the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status. The core study

area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the

boundary. The project area is the land where the project is being developed. Further the

Project Impact /Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the core area covering

Bidar Taluk, Bidar District of Karnataka State.

3.3 Description of the Study Area

As Described in Chapter 1, M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd is situated at plot No 50/B, 50/C

&51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village,


111

Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State. An overall idea of the study area with reference

to the physical conditions are presented for better understanding in the following sections

before proceeding into the section on the prevailing environmental conditions of the study

area. The map showing the satellite image study area of Project is given in Figure 3-1 and

Topo Map of the study area is given in Figure 3-2.


112

Figure 3-1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area


112



112



113

Figure 3-2 Topo Map of Study area


114

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The details of environmentally/ecologically sensitive areas covering within 15 km from

project boundary are given in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-3.

Table 3-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km radius from Project Boundary

S.No Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary

1 Areas protected underinternational conventions,national or local legislationfor their ecological,landscape, cultural orother related value

Bidar fort ~ 6.04 Km, ENE GurudwaraNanak JhiraSahib ~4.6 Km, NE NarasimhaJhiraCaveTemple ~ 8.8 Km, ESE

2 Areas which are importantor sensitive for ecologicalreasons – Wetlands,Watercourses or otherwater bodies, coastalzone, biospheres,mountains, forests

S. No Description Distance(~) Direction1 Karanja Reservoir 13.56Km WSW

2 Chitta RF 3.67Km S


4 Shamshalapur RF 11.59Km SE

5 Waddi RF 14.53Km SE

6 Godepalli RF 11.35Km SSE

7 Rajola RF 11.62Km SSE

8 Kalbemal RF 12.76Km SSE

9 Protected Forest 13.09Km SSW

10 Kamthana RF 4.95Km SW

11 Malara Halla 2.37Km WSW

12 Protected Forest 6.43Km W

13 Manjra River 12.17Km NNE

14 Honnikere Extn RF 2.18Km NW

15 Honnjkere RF 5.02Km NW

16 Gumtapur RF 10.12Km NW

17 Khanapur RF 6.96Km WNW

18 Kaplapur PF 6.08Km WNW

19 Vilaspur RF 11.35Km NW

20 Kosam RF 9.94Km WNW

21 Khanpur RF 10.27Km WNW


115

3 Areas used by protected,important or sensitivespecies of flora or faunafor breeding, nesting,foraging, resting, overwintering, migration

There are no protected sensitive species identified within the 15km radius.

4 Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Manjara River- 12.17 Km, NNE

Bomgondeshwar lake – 3.8 Km, ENE

Gornelli Keri – 4.7Km, ENE

Papnash lake -2.1 Km, NE

Andur lake – 5.6 Km, W

Karanja reservoir – 13.56 Km, WSW

5 State, Nationalboundaries

Telangana – Karnataka, 11.51 Km, SE

6 Routes or facilities usedby the public for access torecreation or other tourist,pilgrim areas

SH-105, (Bidar to Hummabad)

7 Defence installations Bidar Defence Airport-0.402 Km, S

8 Densely populated orbuilt-up area(Nearest Town, City,District)

S.No Name of the village Approximate distance Direction

1. Bidar 3.68 Km E

2. Kohlar 1.1 Km WNW

9 Areas occupied bysensitive man-made landuses (hospitals, schools,places of worship,community facilities)

S.No HospitalsApproximate

distanceDirection

1. District government hospital 6.8km ENE

2. Guru Nanak Hospital 4.78Km ENE

3 Prayavi Hospital 5.38Km ENE

4 Vasu Hospital 5.3Km ESE

5 ShreeHospital 5.10Km ENE

S.No Educational InstitutionsApproximate

distanceDirection

1 Gyan Sudha Public School 6.81 Km NE

2 Millenium Public School 4.3 Km ENE

3 Sai Gnyan Public School 3.74 Km ENE


116

4 Guru Nanak Public School 4.77 Km NE

5 Sri. Dattagiri Maharaj Public School5.37 Km

E

6 Saint Joseph Public School 7.79 Km NE

7 JoyKids Care 5.66Km E

8N.K.Jabshetty Ayurvedic Medical

College5.82 Km SE

9 Bidar Institute of Medical Sciences 5.21km ENE

10 BVBCollege 5.14km SE

11 Government Polytechnic,Bidar 5.09km SE

12 Sidharth college 5.69Km NE

13 Vasantha collegeof nursing 2.31Km N

14 Noor college 7.77Km SE

15 University of Agricultural Research 6.43Km ESE

16 AIMES CollegeCampus 6.57Km E

17AllamaIqbal Education Society's

ShaheenPU College3.98Km ENE

18Karnataka Veterinary,AnimalandFisheries Sciences University-

4.85 Km SSE

19 Akkamahadevi College of Nursing 3.28 Km SE

20 Saptagiri ITI College 4.25 Km ENE

21 National College 4Km ENE

22 Vidya PU College 2.74 Km NE

23 B.V.Bhoomreddy College 5.15Km SE

24Gurunanak Dev Engineering

College4.76Km ESE

25 Govt.ITI College 5.4 Km NE

26Sai Gnyan MateManikeshwari

College 4.72 Km NE

S.no Religious placesApproximate

DistanceDirection

1 JaraNaraswamyTemple 9.4 Km E

2 PapanashamTemple(ShivaTemple) 3.12 km NE


117

3 Bhavani Temple 9.39km NE

4 Guru Nanak (Gurudwara) 4.53km NE

5 EidgahAmlapur – Mosque 5.08km SE

6 Masjid E Ejaz 6.6km SE

7 Al-Farooq Masjid 6.73km SE

8 Jamia masjidamlapur Mosque 5.53km SE

10 Areas containingimportant, high quality orscarce resources(ground

water resources, surface

resources, forestry,

agriculture,

fisheries,tourism,minerals)

S.No Description Approximatedistance

Direction

1. Manjira river 12.17 NNE

2. Karanja reservoier 13.56 WSW

3. Bidar fort 6.04 ENE

11 Areas already subjectedto pollution orenvironmental damage.(those where existing

legal environmental

standards

are exceeded)

BIDAR attracts a CEPI score of 67.64

12 Areas susceptible tonatural hazard whichcould cause the project topresent environmentalproblems(earthquakes, subsidence,

landslides, erosion,

flooding or extreme or

adverse climatic

conditions)

This area is generally plain no prone to any natural disasters. The areaunderstudy falls in Zone-II, according to the Indian Standard SeismicZoning Map. Suitable seismic coefficients in horizontal and verticaldirections respectively, have to be adopted while designing the structures.Note :Seismic Zone-II : Low riskSeismic Zone-III : Moderate RiskSeismic Zone-IV : High RiskSeismic Zone-V Very high Risk


118

Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering 15 km from project boundary

3.5 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district are discussed in general and wherever

possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in particular are also

provided. The physical conditions are discussed under:

District profile

Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography

Natural resources

Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazard

3.5.1 PIA District Profile

The Bidar district is the northern most part of the Karnataka state with geographical area of

5460 sq.km. It lies between 17°35’ and 18°29’ North latitude and 76°41’ to 77°39’ East

longitude. It is bounded by Nizamabad and Medak districts of Telangana state on the

eastern side, Latur and Osmanabad districts of Maharastra state on the western side,

Nanded district of Maharastra state on the northern side and Gulbarga district on southern

side.Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf

Note: Andhra Pradesh state was bifurcated into Andhra Pradesh and Telangana during

2014.


119

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions

The district experiences semi-arid climate with extreme summer. The dust storms and

severe heat waves are common in the district between April and May. The temperature

begins to rise towards the end of February till May, which is the hottest month of the year.

Coldest months are December and January. The temperature varies in the district between

20 ºC and 42 ºC The year in the district may be divided into summer season from March to

May, southwest monsoon season from June to September, post-monsoon season from

October to November and winter season from December to February. Generally, the

monsoon sets in the month of June and reaches its climax in the month of September. The

rainfall generally is spread over 39 to 53 days. Nearly 75% to 80% of the annual rainfall is

during the period of Southwest monsoon. A few showers are also received during the North-

East Monsoon, generally in the month of December. Bidar district receives an average

rainfall of 827 mm. The normal annual rainfall over the district ranges from 735 mm to 860

mm.Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf

3.5.3 Flora & Fauna

The weeds and climber found in the forest of the district are not of much economic

value. Some different type of grass which grows in the area are not of nutrient type for the

cattle and therefore useful for thatching roof of huts and houses. The minor forest produce

consist tupra (beedi) leaves, rousa grass, seetaphal, honey, wax, tamarind and mango fruits.

The most common shrubs are Bikke (Gardenia gummifera, Linn) and Gotti or Challe

(Ziziphus xylopyrus willd). They are mostly used for fencing the fields. The following are the

tree species found in the district: Acacia arabica (Jali or babul), Tamarindus indica, Linn

(Hunase), Butea frondosa, Palash, Anogeissus latifolia, wall (Dindiga), and Hardwickia

binata.

The scantiness of forest accounts for almost a total absence of denizens of the forest

that can be said to belong to the big game variety. There is no tiger. Occasionally, leopard

may be seen. Wolves are found in the craggy portion of the undulating forest. As many as 30

varieties of bats are found in the district. Heads of the small deer appears during winter. The

more important among the domesticated animals are the buffalo, the cow, the sheep, the

goat and the camel. Flora and fauna of PIA are discussed in Section 3.11.Source:https://cdn.s3waas.gov.in/s32ca65f58e35d9ad45bf7f3ae5cfd08f1/uploads/2018/07/20180720

14.pdf


120

3.5.4 Forest Resources

Bidar is not in any way noted for its forest wealth. As per the Statistics provided by the

Directorate of Economics and Statistics, out of 5,44,800 hectares of total geographical area,

only 27,707 hectares are covered under forest, forming just 5.1 percent of its geographical

area. About 50 percent of the forest area is located in Homnabad taluk. Mangoes, sitaphal

and tamarind besides tupra leaves are the minor products. Of late, there have been

consistent efforts on the part of State Forest Department to encourage natural regeneration

of forests and to introduce forestation measures in the district.

Source:https://cdn.s3waas.gov.in/s32ca65f58e35d9ad45bf7f3ae5cfd08f1/uploads/2018/07/20180720

14.pdf

3.5.5 Irrigation

In the district, irrigation takes place from surface water and ground water. The surface water

irrigation is through canals, tanks and from medium and minor irrigation projects. Major

irrigation dam has been constructed across the Karanja river and medium irrigation dam

constructed across Chukkenala and Mullamari rivers. From ground water the irrigation is

through dug wells, dug cum bore wells and bore wells.

Irrigation by different sources

Dug wells 239.89

Tube wells/bore wells 134.62

Other sources 10.45

Net irrigated area 400.30

Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf

3.5.6 Agricultural Resources

According to 2011 Census, 60.0 percent of total workers are engaged in agricultural sector

i.e., cultivators (20.1 percent) and agricultural labourers (39.9 percent). The size of the

agricultural holdings is one of the important factors that determine the productivity of the

land. It is observed that the number of marginal holdings below one hectare and small

holdings of size one to two hectares constitute 66.95% of the total holdings. Only 1.08%

holder own land more than ten hectares.Wheat, paddy, jowar, maize and tur are major crops

grown in the district. Major portion of the area is put under cultivation of wheat and cereals.

Sufficient amount of area is put under cultivation of rice and paddy too. The yield of paddy

under irrigated area is 1,862 kg per hectare whereas, it is 444 kg per hectare under

unirrigated conditions. The yield of wheat is 1,613 kg. per hectare under irrigation and 769


121

kg. per hectare under unirrigated conditions. Among the oil seeds, mention may be made of

safflower, groundnuts, sesame, niger seeds and sunflower. Sunhemp, mesta, sugar cane

and cotton are the commercial crops grown in the district. Sizable amount of land is put

under plantation and horticultural crops. Important among them are tomato, onion, banana,

grapes, brinjal, potato, cabbage, pomegranate, guava and mango. The other condiments

and spices produced in the district are dry chillies, turmeric, dry ginger, coriander and garlic,

etc.Sources:https://cdn.s3waas.gov.in/s32ca65f58e35d9ad45bf7f3ae5cfd08f1/uploads/2018/07/2018072

014.pdf

3.5.7 Mineral Resources

The minerals found in the area are Bauxite, Kaolin and Red ochre. A deposit of highly

siliceous bauxite clay has been located about three kilometers south of Basavakalyan.

Similar deposits are noticed near Alwal and Kamthana Villages of Bidar taluk. A large

deposit of Kaolin is located near Kamthana village. Red ochre deposits are found near Sirsi

and Aurad Village. Geology & Minerals map of Karnataka is given in Figure 3-4.

Source: http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf


122

Figure 3-4 Mineral Map of Karnataka

Source: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/karnataka/karnatakaminerals.html


123

3.5.8 Land Use & Land Cover

The district has 5448 Sq.Km of total geographical area out of which Forest, Deciduous

19.42 Sq.Km and Forest Plantation 59.55 Sq.Km of the total area of district. Agriculture,

Plantation 20.96 Sq.Km, Agriculture, Fallow 10.09 Sq.Km & Agricultural crop land 4681.6

Sq.Km. Details of district land use/land cover statistics for Bidar. District is given Table 3-2and Land Use map of Bidar District is given in

Figure 3-5. Land Use pattern of Bidar District is given in Figure 3-6.

Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics for Bidar District

S.No

Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area inSq.Km

Area inAcres

Area inHa

TotalArea

%

1 Builtup,Urban 41.66 10294.52 4166 0.76

2 Builtup,Mining 1.53 378.0752 153 0.03

3 Agriculture,Plantation 20.96 5179.384 2096 0.38

4 Forest,Deciduous 19.42 4798.837 1942 0.36

5 Forest,Scrub Forest 64.58 15958.23 6458 1.19

6 Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Barren rocky 0.9 222.3972 90 0.02

7 Wetlands/Water Bodies,

Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds

66.21

16361.02 6621 1.22

8 Builtup,Rural 68.59 16949.14 6859 1.26

9 Agriculture,Crop land 4681.6 1156861 468160 85.93

10 Agriculture,Fallow 10.09 2493.32 1009 0.19

11 Forest,Forest Plantation 59.55 14715.28 5955 1.09

12 Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 371.89 91896.99 37189 6.83

13 Wetlands/Water Bodies, River/Stream/canals 41.02 10136.37 4102 0.75

Total 5448 1346244 544800 100


124

Figure 3-5 Land Use Map of Bidar District


125

Figure 3-6 Land Use/ land cover Pattern of PIA district

0% 1%

LULC pattern of Bidar district


125


1%

0%

1%

0%1%

0%1%

1%

86%

7%

1%

LULC pattern of Bidar district Builtup,Urban

Builtup,Mining

Agriculture,Plantation

Forest,Deciduous

Forest,Scrub Forest

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Barren rockyWetlands/WaterBodies, Reservoir/Lakes/PondsBuiltup,Rural

Agriculture,Crop land

Agriculture,Fallow

Forest,Forest Plantation

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Scrub landWetlands/WaterBodies, River/Stream/canals


125


Agriculture,Plantation

Forest,Scrub Forest

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Barren rockyWetlands/WaterBodies, Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds

Agriculture,Crop land

Forest,Forest Plantation

Barren/unculturable/Wastelands, Scrub landWetlands/WaterBodies, River/Stream/canals


126

3.5.8.1 Land Use of the Study Area

LULC details of the study area is given in Table 3-3.LULC map of the study area is given in

Figure 3-7. LULC pattern of the Study area is given in Figure 3-8.

Table 3-3 Land use Land cover of the Study area

S.No Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area inSq.Km

Area inAcres

Area inHa

TotalArea %

1 Cropland 167.31 41343.14 16731 53.12

2 Scrub land 59.96 14816.42 5996 19.03

3 Urban 26.35 6511.217 2635 8.37

4 Fallow land 19.41 4796.308 1941 6.16

5 Forest Plantation 14.68 3627.501 1468 4.66

6 Scrub Forest 13.62 3365.57 1362 4.33

7 Deciduous 5.32 1314.599 532 1.68

8 Rural 4.03 995.8332 403 1.28

9 Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds 2.81 694.3651 281 0.89

10 Plantation 1.31 323.7076 131 0.42

11 Barren Rocky Area 0.17 42.00785 17 0.05

12 River/ Stream/ Canals 0.03 7.41315 3 0.01

Total 315 77838 31500 100


127

Figure 3-7 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area


127



127



128

Figure 3-8 Land use/Land cover pattern of the Study Area

19.03%

8.37%

6.16%

4.66%4.33%

1.68%

1.28%


128


53.12%

0.89%0.42% 0.05%

0.01%

Cropland

Scrub land

Urban

Fallow land

Forest Plantation

Scrub Forest

Deciduous

Rural

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

Plantation

Barren Rocky Area

River/ Stream/ Canals


128


Cropland

Scrub land

Urban

Fallow land

Forest Plantation

Scrub Forest

Deciduous

Rural

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

Plantation

Barren Rocky Area

River/ Stream/ Canals


129

3.5.9 Topography

The entire district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made up mostly of solidified

lava. The northern part of the district is characterized by expanses of level and treeless

surface punctuated here and there by flat and undulating hillocks, black soils and basaltic

rocks. The southern half of the district is a high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level

and is well drained. The average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above

mean sea level. Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river and its

main tributaries. Topo map of the study area is given in Figure 3-2. Physical map of

Karnataka is given in Figure 3-9. Contour map of the Study area is given in Figure 3-10.

Source:http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf


130

(Source: maps of India)

Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka State


131

Figure 3-10 Contour map of Study Area


132

3.5.10 Geology of PIA District

The district is entirely covered by the Deccan trap flows of tertiary period. The Deccan traps

are composed of horizontal flows of basaltic lava. They generally form flat topped hillocks

and terrace like features. The physical characteristics of individual flow show considerable

variation. Some flows are hard and massive, while others are weathered, soft and friable.

The top layers of the Deccan trap in parts of Bidar are altered to reddish vesicular laterite

forming extensive undulating plateau. The entire study area is covered by the Laterite

formation. Geology map of Karnataka marking the project site is given in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11 Geological Map of Karnataka

Source: http://mapsof.net/madhya-pradesh/geological-map-of-karnataka


133

3.5.11 Geomorphology of PIA District

Physiographically, the district can be divided into two regions. They are northern low

lands and southern high lands. The southern high lands are popularly known as Bidar

plateau, which is made up of laterite. The ground altitudes are varying from 420 to 684 m

above MSL. Bidar plateau has an elevation range from 640 to 684 m above MSL. The

ground surface is flat, gently sloping forming broad valleys and flat topped hills. Flat topped

hills with Step like sides exhibit the terraced landscape. Geomorphology of the study area is

given in Table 3-4. Geomorphology pattern of the study area is given in Figure 3-12. The

Geomorphology map of the study area is given in Figure 3-13.Table 3-4 Geomorphology of the study area

Sl.NoGeomorphology

TotalArea

%

1 Denudational Origin - Pediment/Pediplain Complex 76.89

2 Structural Origin- Moderately Dissected Lower Plateau 17.73

3 Structural Origin- Highely Dissected Lower Plateau 5.29

4 Water Bodies/Tanks 0.09

Total 100

source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf

Figure 3-12 Geomorphology Pattern of PIA District

17.73%

5.29%


133










Sl.NoGeomorphology

TotalArea

%





Total 100



76.08%

0.9%

Denudational Origin -Pediment/Pediplain Complex

Structural Origin- ModeratelyDissected Lower Plateau

Structural Origin- HighelyDissected Lower Plateau

Water Bodies/Tanks


133










Sl.NoGeomorphology

TotalArea

%





Total 100



Denudational Origin -Pediment/Pediplain Complex

Structural Origin- ModeratelyDissected Lower Plateau

Structural Origin- HighelyDissected Lower Plateau

Water Bodies/Tanks


134

Figure 3-13 Geomorphology of the study area

3.5.12 Hydrogeology of PIA District

The entire district is underlain by lava flows of the Deccan trap except small area

covered with the laterites capping. Deccan trap consists of successive lava flows, almost

horizontal in disposition. Individual flows show considerable variation in physical character,

thickness, nature and extent of weathering etc. The basaltic lava flows are generally dark,

grey, hard and compact. Each lava flows normally consists two units lower massive basalt

and upper vesicular basalt. Secondary minerals like zeolites, quartz, calcite or some earthy

or ferruginous material fill the vesicles. Well-developed columnar joints and spherical

weathering are characteristic features of the massive basalt. The massive basalt and

vesicular basalt are similar in term of compositionally and texturally. The Hydrogeology map

of Karnataka, showing project site is given in Figure 3-14.Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf


134














134














135

Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BIDAR_brochure%202012.pdf


136

3.5.13 Drainage Pattern in PIA District

The major part of the district comes under Godavari basin, drained by its two major

tributaries, the Manjara and the Karanja River. The Manjara River is perennial and flows

over a distance of 155 km in the central parts of the district and flows towards eastern

direction with a meandering course. The Karanja River flows in northwestern direction for

74km. Karanja reservoir is built on this river. The river Mullamari takes its origin near Matala

village of Basavakalyan taluk and flows from west to east direction for a length of 38 sq.km

and then flows into Gulbarga district before joining the river Kagna. The Kagna River is one

of the major tributary of Bhima River. Besides these, there are several streams, which are of

ephemeral in nature. The drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to dendritic

and some streams have a sub parallel drainage to the main river.Drainage map of the study

area is given in Figure 3-15.

source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BIDAR_brochure%202012.pdf


137

Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area


138

3.5.14 Soils in PIA District

Two important types of soil are noticed in the district and they are black soil and lateritic soil.

Major parts of the district comprises of black soils and are derived from Deccan traps. These

are deep black in colour and their texture varies from loam to clay. Lime concentration in this

soil is high resulting in poor infiltration capacities. Their infiltration characteristics are poor to

moderate. This type of soil is found mainly in areas lying below 610 m contour and along the

valley portions. Lateritic soil is confined to the central portion of the district. Lateritic soils are

pale to bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature. This soil has moderate to good

infiltration characteristics. This type of soil is found mainly in areas lying above 610 m

contour. Soil Map of marking the project site is given Figure 3-16.Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BIDAR_brochure%202012.pdf

Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka

Source: http://raitamitra.kar.nic.in/agriprofile/soilclass.htm


139

3.5.15 Seismicity

As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the project

location/study area falls in Zone II, which is categorised as a Least active (as per map) zone.

The seismicity map of India is shown Figure 3-17.

Figure 3-17 Seismic Map of India

Source: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/india/seismiczone.htm


140

3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is an

indispensable part of Environmental Impact Assessment studies. Significant changes, in

predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post-

monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of air

environment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance

programme.

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weather

parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are wind

speed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for proper

interpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models for

predicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due to

Utilities such as Boilers, DG sets etc.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was obtained from the

IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) was

generated during Oct-Dec 2018. The methodology adopted for monitoring surface

observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS)

i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Bidar.

The Climatological data for Bidar (17032’N and 77032’E), published by the IMD, based on

daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30-year period, is presented in the

following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. The monthly variations of

the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-5.


141

Table 3-5 Climatological Summary –Bidar Region (1971-2000)

MonthTemp (oC)

Rainfall(mm)

RelativeHumidity (%)

Station LevelPressure (hPa)

MeanWind

Speed(m/s)

PredominantWind Directions

(From)*DailyMax.

DailyMin.

TotalNo. ofdays

08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 28.6 16.3 6.5 0.4 64 41 15.1 14.2 8.9 SE NE

Feb 31.6 18.5 5.3 0.6 56 34 15.0 14.3 9.4 SW NE

Mar 35.3 22.0 10.4 0.9 48 31 16.2 16.0 9.5 SW NE

Apr 37.8 24.5 23.7 2.0 48 32 19.3 18.0 10.2 SW NE

May 38.8 25.5 28.5 3.1 55 37 22.9 21.1 12.3 NW NW

Jun 33.4 23.0 135.8 8.3 78 58 25.6 24.4 18.3 SW SW

Jul 29.8 21.7 191.4 11.1 84 66 24.9 24.3 18.7 SW SW

Aug 28.7 21.3 213.3 11.9 85 70 24.4 24.5 16.4 SW W

Sep 29.9 21.5 148.4 8.3 81 66 24.2 23.6 10.7 NW NW

Oct 30.1 20.7 104.4 5.7 71 56 21.6 19.9 8.2 NE NE

Nov 28.4 18.1 32.1 1.4 64 49 17.6 16.5 8.5 NE NE

Dec 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.5 62 43 14.9 13.8 8.4 SE NE

Max. 38.8 25.5 213.3 11.9 85 70 25.6 24.4 18.7Predominant winddirection is from

SW

Min. 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.4 48 31 14.9 13.8 8.2

Avg./Total

29.4 18.2 904.9 55.7 82 53 20.8 18.1 11.6

As per the above IMD Climatological Table 3-5 the observations drawn are the following.

1. Daily maximum temperature is 38.8oC and the daily minimum temperature is 15.9oC

were recorded in the months of May and Dec respectively.

2. Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 85% and 31% were recorded for the months

of August and March respectively.

3. Maximum and minimum rainfall of 213.3mm and 5.1 mm was recorded in the months of

August and December respectively.

4. Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 5.2 m/s and 2.2 m/s

was recorded in the months of July and October respectively. According to the above

IMD data predominant wind direction is from South West.


142

3.6.4 Meteorological data during Study Period

The meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baseline status and to

simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in modeling studies.

Meteorology Data for the Study Period Oct-Dec 2018 is presented in Table 3-6.

Figure 3-18 Wind Rose during Annual

Table 3-6 Meteorology Data for the Study Period (Oct-Dec 2018)

S. No Parameter Observation

1. Temperature Max Temperature: 340C

Min Temperature: 100C

Avg Temperature: 23.50C

2. Average Relative Humidity 60.3%

3. Average Wind Speed 4.1 m/s

4. Predominant Wind Direction SW


143

3.6.5 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at the site

during the study period are as follows.

Average atmospheric temperature: 23.50C

Average Relative humidity: 60.3 %

Average Wind speed: 4.1 m/s

The daily inversion level is calculated based on the average temperature and average wind

speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the graph plotted

based on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at the

project site varies from 50 to 1750 m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,

Dec 2018. This is shown in the following Figure 3-19.

Figure 3-19 Atmospheric inversion level at the project site

3.7 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

Topography/Terrain

Meteorological conditions

Residential and sensitive areas within the study area

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and

Representation of likely impacted areas

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring locations were

identified as per annual predominant wind pattern. The wind predominance is from South

West. Map showing the AAQ monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-20 and the details of

the locations are given in Table 3-7.


144

Table 3-7 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Station

CodeLocation

Typeof

Wind

GeographicalCoordinates

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirection

s

A1 Project Site- 17°54'43.24"N

77°27'59.52"E- -

A2 Naubadd/w

17°55'57.84"N

77°28'45.84"E 2.55 NE

A3 Bidard/w

17°55'12.38"N

77°31'11.98"E 5.68 ENE

A4Bage sahi near

mailur c/w

17°53'15.09"N

77°30'36.45"E 5.27 SSE

A5 Kamthanac/w

17°51'21.68"N

77°27'1.52"E 6.32 SSW

A6 Bakh Chaudiu/w

17°53'25.99"N

77°26'26.51"E 3.55 SW

A7 Anadurc/w

17°54'44.83"N

77°24'33.10"E 6.04 W

A8 Kolhar Khurdc/w

17°55'0.66"N

77°26'54.98"E 1.93 WNW


145

Figure 3-20 Map showing the Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations


146

3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12

weeks), i.e. during Pre-Monsoon season (Oct-Dec 2018). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Pb, O3

NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As, &Ni were monitored and other process-specific pollutants like

Chlorine, HCl, HBr, H2S and HF were monitored. Sampling was carried out as per Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods

used for analysis of parameters are given in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8 Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters (NAAQ)

S.No

Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009Sampling

Time

1Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), μg/m3

IS 11255 (part 2)/

USEPA method 650 (Annual)

80(24

Hours)24 Hours

2

Nitrogen

Dioxide (NO2),

μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 6):

200640 (Annual)

80 (24

Hours)24 Hours

3

Particulate

Matter (PM2.5),

μg/m3

In house

method(Gravimetric

Method)

40 (Annual)60 (24

hours)24 Hours

4

Particulate

Matter (PM10),

μg/m3

IS:5182 (Part– 23):

200660 (Annual)

100 (24

hours)24 Hours

5 CO mg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999

(Reaff:2006)2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6 Pbμg/m3 IS:5182(Part–22):2004

(Reaff:2006)0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7 O3, μg/m3

In house method

(Spectrophotometric

Method)

100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8 NH3, μg/m3

In house method

(Spectrophotometric

Method)

100(Annual)400(24

hours)24Hours

9 Benzene, μg/m3 GC FID/ GC MS Based

on IS 5182: part 115 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10 Benzo (a) In house validated 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours


147

pyrene, ng/m3 Method by

HPLC,UV&GC MS

Based on IS 5182: part

12

11 Arsenic, ng/ m3

In house method (AAS

Method) Based on

CPCB guidelines

Volume 1.

6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12 Nickel, ng/ m3

In house method (AAS

Method) Based on

CPCB guidelines

Volume 1.

20 (Annual) 20 (Annual) 24 Hours

13

Volatile Organic

Compounds

(ppm)

PID (Photo – Ionization

Detection) Method-- -- 2 Hours

14 Chlorine, μg/m3IS 5182 (Part 19) 1982

(Ref 2003)-- -- 2 Hours

15Hydrochloric

acid, μg/m3NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

16Hydrobromic

acid, μg/m3NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

17Hydrogen

Sulphide, μg/m3

IS 5182 (Part 7) 1973

(Ref 2003)-- -- 2 Hours

18Hydrogen

Flouride, μg/m3NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

3.7.2.1 Results and Discussions

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12, As &

Ni are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC

Notification, November 2009. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (October - December

2018) for the study area is given in Table 3-9 and trends of measured ambient concentration

in the study area were graphically represented in Figure 3-21.


148

Table 3-9 Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

LocationsProject

Site Naubad BidarBage sahi

near mailur Kamthana Bakh Chaudi AnadurKolharkhurd

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM10 Conc.(µg/m³)

Min.

100(24 Hours)

52.6 47.6 44.3 41.8 40.9 43.4 39.2 48.8

Max. 75.0 67.8 63.1 59.5 58.3 61.9 55.9 69.6

Avg. 63.1 57.1 53.1 50.1 49.1 52.1 47.1 58.698th ‘tile 74.5 67.4 62.7 59.2 58.0 61.5 55.6 69.2

PM2.5 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.

60(24 Hours)

22.5 21.3 20.0 18.5 17.6 18.2 16.5 20.5

Max. 32.0 30.3 28.6 26.3 25.1 25.9 23.6 29.3

Avg. 26.9 25.5 24.0 22.1 21.1 21.8 19.8 24.6

98th ‘tile 31.8 30.2 28.4 26.1 25.0 25.8 23.4 29.1

SO2 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.

80(24 Hours)

10.5 8.5 6.7 6.3 5.9 7.6 5.7 9.2

Max. 15.0 12.1 9.5 8.9 8.4 10.8 8.1 13.1

Avg. 12.6 10.2 8.0 7.5 7.1 9.1 6.8 11.098th ‘tile 14.9 12.1 9.5 8.9 8.4 10.8 8.0 13.0

NO2 Conc.(µg/m3)Min.

80(24 Hours)

21.8 17.9 16.3 15.8 16.5 17.1 12.9 19.5

Max. 31.1 25.5 23.2 22.5 23.6 24.4 18.3 27.8

Avg., 26.1 21.4 19.5 18.9 19.8 20.5 15.4 23.4

98th ‘tile 30.9 25.3 23.1 22.4 23.4 24.3 18.2 27.7

Pb (μg/m3) Avg. 1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL


149

ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

LocationsProject



A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

(24 hour) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05)

CO (mg/m3)Avg. 4

(1hour)0.81 0.85 0.55 0.34 0.41 0.38 0.33 0.68

O3 (μg/m3)Avg. 180

(1hour)11.4 10.71

BDL(DL10)

BDL(DL10)

BDL(DL10)

BDL(DL10)

BDL(DL10)

10.9

C6H6 (μg/m3)Avg. 5

(Annual)1.14 1.25 BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) 1.12

C20H12 (a) , (ng/m3)Avg. 1

(Annual)BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1)

As (ng/ m3)Avg. 6

(Annual)BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2)

Ni (ng/m3)Avg. 20

(Annual)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)BDL

(DL 10)

TVOC(µg/m³)Avg.

- 0.09 0.074BDL

(DL 0.025)BDL

(DL 0.025)BDL

(DL 0.025)BDL

(DL 0.025)BDL

(DL 0.025)0.035

NH3 (μg/m3)Avg. 400

(24hours)6.23 5.53

BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL5)

BDL(DL5)

5.6

Cl (μg/m3)Avg. - BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)


150

ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

LocationsProject



A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

HCl (mg/m3)Avg. - BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)BDL

(DL 0.75)

HBr (mg/m3)Avg. - BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL (DL

0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)BDL

(DL 0.70)

H2S (μg/m3)Avg. - BDL

(DL 6)BDL (DL 6) BDL (DL 6) BDL (DL 6) BDL (DL 6) BDL (DL 6) BDL (DL 6)

BDL(DL 6)

HF (mg/m3)Avg. - BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)BDL

(DL 0.16)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)


151

Figure 3-21 Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations Primary Pollutant in the Study Area


152

3.7.2.2 Observations

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 18 parameters including 12

parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The average baseline levels of PM10

(47.1 – 63.1 µg/m³), PM2.5 ( 19.8-26.9 µg/m³), SO2 (6.8 – 12.6 µg/m³), NO2 (15.4 – 26.1

µg/m³), CO ( 0.33-0.85 mg/m3) and some are BDL, all the parameters are well within the

National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at

all monitoring locations during the study period.

3.8 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total)

of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambient

noise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08)locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during the study period using

precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area were selected

after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categories

include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were recorded on an

hourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre- calibrated noise levels. The

map showing noise monitoring locations are given in and Figure 3-22.

3.8.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent

(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.

Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)

with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are

shown in the Table 3-10.


153

Table 3-10 Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.No

LocationLocation

Code

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirection

Noise levelin dB(A)

Leq

CPCBStandard Environmental

SettingDay Night

Lday(Ld)

LNight(Ln)

1 Project Site N1 - - 58.7 59 75 70 Industrial

2 Naubad N2 2.55 NE 62 53 75 70 Industrial

3 Bidar N3 5.68 ENE 57 55 65 55 Commercial

4Bage SahiNear Mailur

N45.27 SSE

54 52 55 45 Residential

5 Kamthana N5 6.32 SSW 53.5 44.6 55 45 Residential

6 Bakh Chaudi N6 3.55 SW 54.7 44.5 55 45 Residential

7 Anadur N7 6.04 W 53.2 45.0 55 45 Residential

8 Kolhar Khurd N8 1.93 WNW 59 56 75 70 Industrial

3.8.1.1 Observations

It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are

within prescribed CPCB standards.

In industrial area day time noise levels varied from 58.7 dB(A) to 62.0 dB(A) and 53.0

dB(A) to 59 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75

dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).

In commercial area day time noise level was 57.0 dB(A) during day time and 55.0 dB(A)

during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (65 dB(A) Day time & 55

dB(A) Night time).

In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.2 dB (A) to 54.7dB (A) and night

time noise levels varied from 44.5dB (A) to 52.0 dB (A) across the sampling stations. The

field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels were

within the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB (A) Day time & 45 dB (A) Night time).


154

Figure 3-22 Map showing the Noise monitoring locations


155

3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources

The district has three rivers – Manjara, Mullamiri,Chulkinla. District falls under Godavari river

and the Krishna basin. The Godavari basin extends over 4411 sq.km and the Krishna basin

cover 585 sq.km. the net irrigated area is 16% to the net sown.

Source:http://karnatakaindustry.gov.in/kn/images/dist-profile-pdf/DISTRICT%20PROFILE-

BIDAR.pdf

3.9.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment

Water quality monitoring and assessment can be used to determine ambient water quality,

the extent and causes of a water quality problem, or to measure the effectiveness of best

management practices being implemented in water system. Monitoring helps to determine

the trends in the quality of the aquatic environment and the impact due to the release of

contaminants, other anthropogenic activities, and/or by waste treatment operations (impact

monitoring).To establish the baseline status of water environment, the representative

sampling locations for surface water within a radial distance of 10Km from project site was

selected as per CPCB guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of

the project area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in

Table 3-11. Water sampling and map showing water sampling are given in Table 3-12 and

Figure 3-23.

Table 3-11 Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters

Sl. No Parameter Measured Test Method

1 Colour IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

2 Turbidity IS 3025(Part - 10):1984

3 pH IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

4 Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)

5 Total Dissolve Solids IS: 3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)

6 Total Suspended Solids IS 3025 (Part - 17) 1984 (Reaff 1996)

7 Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)

8 Total Hardness as CaCo3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)

9 Sodium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

10 Potassium IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)

11 Calcium as Ca IS 3025 (Part - 40):1991

12 Magnesium as Mg IS 3025 (Part - 46) 1994

13 Carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)


156

14 Bi carbonate IS 3025, (Pt 23) 1986 (R 2006)

15 Chloride IS 3025 (Part - 32):1988

16 Sulphate SO4 IS 3025(Part - 24):1986

17 Nitrate as NO3 ASTM (Part - 31)1978

18 Phosphate IS 3025 (Pt 45) 1993 (R 2006)

19 Fluorides as F IS 3025 (Part - 60):2008

20 Cyanide IS 3025 (Part-27):1986

21 Arsenic IS 3025:(Part-37):1988(Reaff 2009)

22 Boron IS:3025 (Part - 57):2003

23 Cadmium IS 3025 (Part - 41)1991

24 Chromium, Total IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)

25 Copper IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)

26 Iron IS 3025 (Part - 53):2003

27 Lead IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

28 Manganese IS 3025:(Part - 59):2006

29 Mercury IS 3025 (Part48):1994 RA 1999

30 Nickel IS 3025:(Part-54):2003(Reaff 2009)

31 Selenium IS 3025 Part (56)2003

32 Zinc IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)

33 Dissolved Oxygen IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)

34 BOD 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

35 COD IS:3025 (Part-58)-2006

Table 3-12 Surface water sampling locations

S. No Name of the Water body Location CodeDistance from Project

BoundaryDirection from

project boundary1. Kere near Mamdapur SW1 8.01 N

2. Janwada Kere SW2 8.92 NNE

3. Bawalpur Lake SW3 6.31 NE

4. Papanasha Lake SW4 3.68 NE

5. Bomgondeshwar Lake SW5 6.25 ENE

6. Gurnalli keri SW6 8.11 ESE

7. Beluru Pond SW7 2.25 S

8. Anadur Lake SW8 6.03 W


157

Figure 3-23 Map showing the surface water monitoring locations


158

Table 3-13 Physicochemical Parameters of Surface water samples from study area.

S.No Parameter UnitKere nearMamdapur

BawalpurLake

PapanashaLake

Bomgondeshwar Lake

Gurnalli kere Beluru Pond Bavgi Kere Anadur Lake

Source Kere Lake Lake Lake Kere Pond Kere Lake

1 Turbidity NTU 18 26 5 25 6.8 32 5 6.1

2 PH -- 7.81 7.31 7.63 7.21 7.41 7.63 7.78 7.8

3 EC

µS/c

m 295 321 245 332 345 316 345 316

4 TDS mg/l 199 218 156 223 232 204 231 204

5 TSS mg/l 41 59 11 57 16 71 11 12

6

Total

Alaklinity mg/l 36.9 49.2 41.0 49.2 124.6 23.0 46.7 123.0

7

Total

Hardness mg/l 65.1 320.4 78.3 380.3 132.8 58.1 250.3 154.0

8 Sodium mg/l 17 123 23 147 21.2 15 106 22

9 Potassium mg/l 1 8 1 10 2.5 1 7 2

10 Calcium ++ mg/l 18.04 64.13 11.3 60.12 32.7 12.83 48.1 35.1

11

Magnesium

++ mg/l 4.85 38.89 12.15 55.89 12.4 6.32 31.59 16.1

12 Carbonate mg/l 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


159


BawalpurLake

PapanashaLake

Bomgondeshwar Lake


13 Bi Carbonate mg/l 45 60 50 60 152 28 57 150

14 Chloride mg/l 37.12 257.34 49.49 306.83 32.3 31.67 222.7 45

15 Sulphate mg/l 12 120 20 123 12.6 19.99 95 10.7

16

Nitrate as

NO3 mg/l 2.3 3.8 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.4 4.9 2.3

17 Phosphate mg/l 0.29 0.24 0.31 0.22 0.17 0.1 0.75 0.31

18

Fluorides as

F mg/l 0.12 0.31 0.17 0.32 0.04 0.12 0.37 0.41

19 Cyanide mg/l

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL (DL

0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

BDL

(DL 0.01)

20 Arsenic mg/l

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

BDL

(DL 0.005)

21 Boron mg/l

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL (DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

22 Cadmium mg/l

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL ( DL

0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

BDL

( DL 0.01)

23

Chromium,

Total mg/l

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05) BDL(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

24 Copper mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL (DL0.01) BDL BDL BDL BDL


160


BawalpurLake

PapanashaLake

Bomgondeshwar Lake


(DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01)

25 Iron mg/l 1.19 0.66 0.29 0.41 0.16 2.23 0.13 0.1

26 Lead mg/l

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL (DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL (DL

0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

27 Manganese mg/l

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05) BDL(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

28 Mercury mg/l

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001

)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

BDL

(DL0.001)

29 Nickel mg/l

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05) BDL(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

BDL

(DL0.05)

30 Selenium mg/l

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005

)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

BDL

(DL0.005)

31 Zinc mg/l

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL (DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

32

Dissolved

Oxygen mg/l 5.9 5.8 5.5 5.6 5.4 5.8 5.9 6.2

33 COD mg/l 18 17 16 18 15.8 16.5 10.5 8.5

34 BOD mg/l 2 3.4 3.2 3.3 3.5 4 3 2.9



161


pH in the collected surface water samples varied between 7.21-7.81

The Total Dissolved Solids ranged from 199 mg/l to 232 mg/l.

The chloride content in the surface water for study area ranged from 31.67mg/l to

306.83 mg/l.

The sulphate content in the surface water of the study area varied between 12mg/l –

123mg/l.

The Total hardness ranged between 58.1 mg/l –380.3 mg/l.

The concentration of heavy metals like As, Cd, Cr, Pb, Mn, Hg, Ni and Se were within

the limits of IS 2296:1992.

All the parameters are compared with IS 2296:1992.

Table 3-14Surface water Standards

S.No Parameters Unit A B C D E

1 Colour Hazen 10 300 300 --- ---

2 Turbidity NTU --- --- --- --- ---

3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

4 Conductivity µS/cm --- --- --- 1000 2250

5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 2100

6 Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

7Total Hardness asCaCO3

mg/l 300 --- --- --- ---

8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 --- --- --- ---

9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 --- --- --- ---

10 Sodium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

11 Potassium mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 600

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 1000

14 Phosphate mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 --- ---

16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 --- ---

17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---

18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 --- ---

19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 --- ---

20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 --- ---

21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 --- ---


162

22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 --- ---

23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 --- ---

24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 --- ---

25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 --- --- --- ---

26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 --- ---

27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 --- --- --- ---

28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 ---

29 COD mg/l --- --- --- --- ---

30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 --- ---

Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.

Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.

Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.

Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal

3.9.3 Groundwater resources

The groundwater potential of the gross geographical area of the basin is estimated

on pro-rata basis from the district-wise groundwater resources-2009 published by the

Central Groundwater Board (CGWB) as given in Table 3-15. Depth to water level during Pre

Monsoon & Post Monsoon for Bidar District, Karnataka, is given in Figure 3-24.Table 3-15 Dynamic ground water resources(2004)

AttributePotential/Quantity

(MCM)

Annual Replenishable Ground Water Resources 427.19

Net Annual Ground Water Draft 32.4

Projected Demand for Domestic and industrialuses up to 2025230.08

Stage of Ground Water Development (%) 56.68%

Source:http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/BIDAR_brochure.pdf


163

Figure 3-24 Depth to water level during Pre-Monsoon & Post Monsoon of Bidar District


164

3.9.3.1 Groundwater Quality

Groundwater is the principal source for domestic and drinking purposes in almost all

villages near the study area. The quality of the groundwater received is influenced by

pollution of soil and air, industrial and domestic waste disposal, organic components,

pathogenic microorganisms, application of fertilizers and pesticides in agriculture, etc. Total

Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in different

villages around the project site based on the usage of sub surface water by the settlements/

villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the acceptable and

permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater

quality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-16 and Table 3-17. Map

showing the groundwater monitoring locations are given in Figure 3-25.Table 3-16 Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

StationCode

LocationDistance (km) from Project

boundaryAzimuth

DirectionsGW1 Project Site - -

GW2 Naubad 2.55 NE

GW3 Bidar 5.68 ENE

GW4 Bage Sahi Near Mailur 5.27 SSE

GW5 Kamthana 6.32 SSW

GW6 Bakh Chaudi 3.55 SW

GW7 Anadur 6.04 W

GW8 Kolhar khurd 1.93 WNW


165

Figure 3-25 Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations


166

Table 3-17 Physico chemical analysis of Ground water samples from study area

Parameters Unit

(IS 10500:2012)

Permissible Limit

(IS10500:2012)

Acceptable Limit

ProjectSite

Naubad BidarBage

Shahi NearMailur

KamthaneBakh

ChaudiAnadur

KolharKhurd

1 Turbidity NTU 1 0.04BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)

2 pH --No

relaxation 6.5-8.5 7.83 8.04 8.01 7.64 7.24 7.29 7.16 7.66

3 ECµS/c

m … … 542 625 625 574 345 712 456 741

4Total DissolveSolids mg/l 2000 500 354 410 382 370 216 452 291 475

5

TotalSuspendedSolids … …

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

6Alkalinity asCaCO3 mg/l 600 200 42 53 84 110 60 45 79 127

7Total Hardnessas CaCo3 mg/l 600 200 89 137 124 203 119 125 146 267

8 Sodium mg/l … 84 89 62 36 19.6 103 33.6 43.8

9 Potassium mg/l … 2 2 2 2.4 1.6 2 4.6 6.4


167

10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 200 75 17.2 26.8 22.6 53.8 28.5 27.8 37.5 72.8

11Magnesium asMg mg/l 100 30 11.1 17.01 16.3 16.7 11.5 13.37 12.7 20.6

12 Carbonate mg/l … … 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

13 Bi carbonate mg/l … … 51 65 102 134 73.5 55 95.8 155

14 Chloride mg/l 1000 250 122 148 114 73.6 44.3 156 67.9 95

15 Sulphate SO4 mg/l 400 200 54 49 50 40.8 25.3 80 26.9 56

16 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l ... 45 3.1 2.4 2.4 2.9 4.94 3.4 3.87 12.8

17 Phosphate mg/l ... -BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)

18 Fluorides as F 1.5 1 0.31 0.58 0.57 0.64 0.34 0.38 0.44 0.32

19 Cyanide mg/l ... 0.05BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)BDL

(DL 0.01)

20 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.01BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)BDL

(DL 0.005)

21 Boron mg/l ... 0.5BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)

22 Cadmium mg/l ... 0.003BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)BDL

( DL 0.01)

23Chromium,Total mg/l ... 0.05

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

24 Copper mg/l 1.5 0.05BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01) 0.019BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)


168

25 Iron mg/l ... 0.3 0.02 0.14 0.025 0.14 0.065 0.08 0.06 0.15

26 Lead mg/l ... 0.01BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)BDL

(DL 0.1)

27 Manganese mg/l ... 0.1BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

28 Mercury mg/l ... 0.001BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)

29 Nickel mg/l ... 0.02BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)BDL

(DL0.05)

30 Selenium mg/l ... 0.01BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)BDL

(DL0.005)

31 Zinc mg/l 15 5 0.380 0.880 0.320 0.65 0.450 0.580 0.660 0.850



169


A summary of analytical results are presented below:

In the study area, Na and K concentration in the ground water ranged from 19.6 to

103 mg/l and 1.6 to 6.4 mg/l respectively.

The concentration of Mg ion found in groundwater samples of the study area

ranged from 11.1 to 20.6 mg/l. All values are within the acceptable limits of IS

10500:2012 drinking water standards.

The acceptable and permissible limit of Fluoride is 1mg/l and 1.5mg/l respectively.

The concentrations of fluoride in all the ground water samples were within the

limit.

The average pH ranged from 7.16 - 8.04.

In the present findings the TDS value varied from 216 mg/l to 475 mg/l for the

ground water and all samples are within the acceptable limits of IS 10500: 2012.

The chloride concentration ranged from 44.3 mg/L to 156 mg/L. The acceptable

limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is

400mg/l. The sulphate content of the ground water within the study area varied

between 25.3 mg/l – 80 mg/l meeting the desirable limit of IS 10500: 2012.

The Total hardness ranged is between 89 mg/l – 267 mg/l.

The Total alkalinity as calcium carbonate, Magnesium and Chloride were well

within the permissible limits.

3.10 Soil as a resource and its Quality

Two type of soils found in the district are laterite red soils and black cotton soils.Aurad and

Bhaliki taluks have mainly black cotton soil. Bidar and Humnabad taluks have mainly latertic

red soils. Basavakalyan taluks has both types of soils.

Source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/76975/11/11_chapter%204.pdf

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use

categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations with

the study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring

locations & results are given in Table 3-18&Table 3-19. Map showing the soil monitoring

locations are given in Figure 3-26.


170

Table 3-18 Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

LocationCode

LocationDistance (Km)

w.r.t project siteDirection

w.r.t. project site

S1 Project Site - -

S2 Naubad 2.55 NE

S3 Bidar 5.68 ENE

S4 Bage sahi near mailur 5.27 SSE

S5 Kamthana 6.32 SSW

S6 Bakh Chaudi 3.55 SW

S7 Anadur 6.04 W

S8 Kolhar khurd 1.93 WNW


171

Figure 3-26 Map showing the soil monitoring location


172

Table 3-19 Physico Chemical parameters of soil samples from the study area

Sl.No Parameters Unitsproject

SiteNaubad Bidar

Bage

Shahi

Near

Mailur

KamthanaBakh

ChaudiAnadur

Kolhar

Khurd

1 Colour -Reddish

Brown

Dark

Brown

Light

BrownBrown Brown Brown Brown

Light

Brown

2 Soil Texture - LoamSandy

LoamLoam clay Loam Loam Loam

Loamy

sand

Sandy

Loam

3 Sand % 40 61 38 33 43 47 72 63

4 Silt % 39 24 44 22 24 42 19 25

5 Clay % 21 15 18 45 33 11 9 12

6 pH - 8.01 7.68 8.04 7.32 7.65 7.89 8.14 8.23

7Electrical

conductivutyμS/cm 211 303 289 235 331 295 243 177

8 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 1.08 1.02 1.18 1.19 1.12 1.22 1.13 1.34

9 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.33 1.32 1.13 1.39 1.12 1.16 1.32 1.42

10Cation Exchange

Capacity

meq/100

gm1.5 -1.8 -1.0 13.7 8.8 -2.8 -5.4 -3.5

11 Moisture content % 15.8 18.5 14.8 15.9 22.8 19.6 15.5 19.5

12Water Holding

Capacity% 31.2 22.5 23.8 35.4 32.5 18.4 19.4 20.1

13 Organic Carbon % 0.41 0.325 0.135 0.484 0.787 0.616 0.146 0.286


173

Sl.No Parameters Unitsproject

SiteNaubad Bidar

Bage

Shahi

Near

Mailur

KamthanaBakh

ChaudiAnadur

Kolhar

Khurd

14 Organic matter % 0.707 0.560 0.233 0.834 1.357 1.062 0.252 0.493

15 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 142 83 44 127 216 163 138 173

16 Phosphorus kg/ha 70 52 22 77 126 99 48 54

17 Potassium kg/ha 130 85 55 119 187 146 127 154

18 Calcium % 0.044 0.031 0.028 0.024 0.1 0.057 0.013 0.032

19 Magnesium % 0.047 0.007 0.011 0.018 0.084 0.032 0.008 0.012

20 Boron mg/kgBDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

BDL

(DL0.1)

21 Cadmium mg/kgBDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

BDL

(DL 0.1)

22 Chromium mg/kg 0.01 0.007 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.008 0.01

23 Copper mg/kg 0.249 0.121 0.241 0.281 0.161 0.281 0.436 0.474

24 Iron mg/kg 9.7 21 4.5 7.2 5.6 3.6 9.4 11.4

25 Manganese mg/kg 2.51 2.43 2.37 2.51 3.2 3.06 2.69 2.46

26 Zinc mg/kg 12.1 14.4 12.76 12 11.6 11.16 10.24 10.96



174

3.10.1 Results and Discussions

Summary of analytical results

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.32-8.23. Indicating that the soils are slightly

to moderately alkaline in nature.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 177 – 331 μS/cm. As the EC value is less

than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature


Nitrogen content ranged from 44 to 216 kg/ha, Phosphorous ranged from 22 to 126

kg/ha, Potassium content ranges from 55 kg/ha to 187 kg/ha.

3.11 Biological Environment

Baseline Biological survey was carried out to assess the ecology of the study area. The

floral diversity is grouped into trees, shrubs, climbers, herbs, aquatic plants and

phytoplankton. Similarly, the faunal diversity is grouped into mammals, birds, reptiles,

amphibians. Discussions were held with local people to gather related information on the

richness of plant and animal resources, employment opportunities, facilities for education,

health and socio-economic condition. To identify any floral species of conservation

importance existing in the study area, the status evaluation of the observed flora has been

done as per the IUCN.

3.11.1 Flora

The ecological study of the surrounding area upto 10 km radius of the project site

was conducted in order understand the ecological status of the study area. The project site

is devoid of Natural vegetation. Information on plants and animals species was recorded

form the study area. Along with this IUCN status of the species in the list was also extracted

from the IUCN data base. List of flora reported/observed in the study area is given in

Table 3-20.

Table 3-20 List of flora reported/observed in the study area

Sl.No Botanical Name Family NameCommon Name/ Vernacular

NameIUCN

Status

1. Araucaria cunninghamii Aiton exD.Don

Araucariaceae Hoop Pine NA

2. Eriolaena hookeriana Wight &Arn.

Sterculiaceae Dindiyase NA

3. Acacia catechu (Roxb.) Willd. Mimosaceae Black Cutch NA

4. Acacia farnesiana Fabaceae Needle Bush NA


175

5. Acacia melanoxylon Fabaceae Australian Blackwood NA

6. Adenanthera pavonina Fabaceae Coral seed tree LC*

7. Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Kadamba NA

8. Aesuclus indica Sapindaceae Indian Horse Chestnut NA

9. Ailangium lamarkii Alangiaceae Ankule mara NA

10. Alnus nepalensis Betulaceae Nepalese alder LC

11. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Devil’s Tree LC

12. Annona squamosa Annonaceae Sugar Apple LC

13. Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae Bur-flower NA

14. Rungia Parviflora Acanthaceae Small flowered rungia NA

15. Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Sack tree LC

16. Aquilaria agallocha (Lour.) Roxb. Thymelaeaceae Lign-aloes NA

17. Araucaria bidwillii Araucariaceae Bunya Pine LC

18. Artocarpus hirsutus Moraceae Hebba halasu, Wild jack tree LC

19. Arundinaria aristata Gamble Poaceae Giant Cane NA

20. Azadirachta indica A. juss Meliaceae Neem tree NA

21. Madhuca longifolia Sapotaceae Indian Butter Tree NA

22. Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Fabaceae Indian Kanchan NA

23. Bauhinia variegata Fabaceae Mountain ebony LC

24. Boehmeria nivea (L.) Gaud. Urticaceae Chinese Grass NA

25. Bridelia retusa Euphorbiaceae Spinous Kino Tree LC

26. Calotropis gigantea (L.) Dryand. Apocynaceae Crown Flower NA

27. Canarium strictum Burseraceae Black Dammer Tree NA

28. Carallia brachiata (Lour.) Merr. Rhizophoraceae Andamuria NA

29. Careya arborea Roxb. Lecythidaceae Kumbi NA

30. Carissa carandas L. Apocynaceae Karanda NA

31. Senna auriculata L. Fabaceae Avarike, Matura tea tree NA

32. Cassia grandis Fabaceae Coral Shower Tree LC

33. Cassia roxburghii DC. Fabaceae Kakke, Red Cassia NA

34. Casuarina equisetifolia L. Casuarinaceae Gaali mara, She- Oak NA

35. Cinnamomum camphora Lauraceae Karpura, Camphor Tree NA

36. Citrus aurantium L. Rutaceae Duddlehuli NA

37. Cochlospermum religiosum (L.)Alston

Bixaceae Arishina boorage, ButtercupTree

NA

38. Coffea arabica Rubiaceae Kafi, Arabian coffee plant NA

39. Crateva religiosa G.Forst Capparaceae Nirvaala, Garlic Pear NA


176

40. Cupressus torulosa Cupressaceae Himalayan Cypress LC

41. Delonix regia Fabaceae Kempu Torai, Gulmohar tree LC

42. Diospyros malabarica (Desr.)Kostel.

Ebenaceae Holetupare, River ebony NA

43. Diospyros ebenum Koenig Ebenaceae Kari mara, Ceylon Ebony NA

44. Phyllanthus emblica Euphorbiaceae Bettada nelli kaayi, IndianGooseberry

NA

45. Erianthus ravennae Poaceae Ekra, Ravennagrass NA

46. Erythrina stricta Fabaceae Keechige NA

47. Erythroxylum monogynum Roxb. Erythroxylaceae Bastard sandalwood tree NA

48. Euphorbia neriifolia Euphorbiaceae Kalli gida NA

49. Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Goli mara, Banyan NA

50. Ficus carica Moraceae Anjura, Fig tree LC

51. Ficus elastica Roxb. Ex Hornem Moraceae Indian Rubber Tree NA

52. Ficus tinctoria (Willd.) Corner Moraceae Gudumitte mara NA

53. Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Atthimara, Cluster Fig NA

54. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Ashwattha, Peepal Tree NA

55. Ficus retusa L. Moraceae Indian Laurel Fig NA

56. Ficus mollis Vahl Moraceae Itti, Soft Fig NA

57. Garcinia morella Clusiaceae Devanahuli, IndianGamboge Tree

NA

58. Garcinia gummi-gutta (L.) N.Robson

Clusiaceae Upaagi mara, MalabarGamboge

NA

59. Gardenia latifolia Rubiaceae Adavi bikke, Indian Boxwood NA

60. Suregada lanceolata (Willd.)Kuntze

Euphorbiaceae Kurudu nandi, South IndianSuregada

NA

61. Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Shivani, White Teak LC

62. Hardwickia binata Caesalpiniaceae Kammara LC

63. Helicteres isora Malvaceae Kempukaaveri, East-Indianscrew tree

NA

64. Heritiera littoralis Sterculiaceae Kannadi yele mara, LookingGlass tree

LC

65.Holarrhena antidysenterica (Roth)A.DC

Apocynaceae Kodasiga gida, Easter tree NA

66. Hopea parviflora Bedd. Dipterocarpaceae Sannele Bogi, Iron wood ofMalabar

NA

67. Hydnocarpus wightiana Achariaceae Chaulmoogra NA

68. Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Small flowered Ixora NA

69. Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Chittala tali gida, Physic Nut NA

70. Juglans regia Juglandaceae Akhrot, Walnut LC

71. Kigelia pinnata Bignoniaceae Sausage Tree NA


177

72. Mallotus Philippensis (Lam.)Mull.Arg.

EuphorbiaceaeKumkumada mara, Kamalatree

NA

73. Millingtonia hortensis BignoniaceaeAkasha mallige, Indian corktree

NA

74. Morus alba Moraceae Hippunerale, White mulberry NA

75. Myrica nagi F. Myricaceae Kirishivani, Bay Berry NA

76. Myristica malabarica Myristicaceae Dodda jajikai, Bombay maize VU***

77. Ochlandra travancorica Gamble. Poaceae Vaate bidiru NA

78. Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Thigade mara, Broken bonestree

NA

79. Oxytenanthera spp. Poaceae Savannah Bamboo OrBindura Bamboo.

NA

80. Phyllanthus distichus (L.) Müll.Arg. Phyllanthaceae Gooseberry NA

81. Premna tomentosa Willd. Verbenaceae Naaruvalu, Woolly-LeavedFire-Brand Teak

NA

82. Pterospermum acerifolium SterculiaceaeMuchukunda, Dinnerplate

TreeNA

83. Rhus succedanea Anacardiaceae Japanese Wax Tree LC

84. Sapindus emarginatus Vahl Sapindaceae South india soapnut NA

85. Sapium insigne Euphorbiaceae Lendwa, Milktrees NA

86.Saraca asoca (Roxb.) W.J.deWilde

Fabaceae Kengali mara, Asoka NA

87. Scolopia crenata SalicaceaeKodali mara, The 'Potato'Plum Of Mysore

NA

88. Sesbania grandiflora FabaceaeAgasae, VegetableHummingbird Tree

NA

89. Shorea robusta Dipterocarpaceae Ashvakarna, Sal Tree LC

90. Spathodea campanulata Bignoniaceae African Tulip tree LC

91. Spondias pinnata (L.f.) Kurz Anacardiaceae Ambate NA

92. Mitragyna parvifolia (Roxb.) Kunth Rubiaceae Kongu, Corn Snapdragon Tree NA

93. Strychnos nux-vomica L. Loganiaceae Kaasarka, Poison nut Tree NA

94. Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Hanalu mara, FloweringMurdah

NA

95. Terminalia chebula Combretaceae Alale, Chebulic Myrobalan NA

96. Tetrameles nudiflora R. Br. Tetramelaceae Kaadu bende, False HempTree

LC

97. Toddalia asiatica RutaceaeDodda kaadu menasu, OrangeClimber

NA

98. Trewia nudiflora L. Euphorbiaceae Kat-kumbla, Gamari NA


178

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -DataDeficient, VU-Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature.

Source : i). “BIODIVERSITY OF KARNATAKA” At a Glance, KARNATAKA BIODIVERSITY BOARD(Forest,Ecology and Environment Department)).

ii). https://indiabiodiversity.org/species/list

3.11.2 Fauna

No wildlife Sanctuaries are situated within the study area. No endangered faunal

species are found in the project study area.

3.11.3 Mammals

During the preliminary survey, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire study

area. Hence the assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis of

information collected from the secondary sources. The study area has mammals like Langur,

Fruit Bat, Indian Fox, Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig), etc. List of of fauna observed in the study

area is given in Table 3-21.

Table 3-21: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area

Note: LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data

Deficient, VU-Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature

99. Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. Rhamnaceae Indian Jujube NA

S.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name

1. Axis axis Cervidae Porcupines

2. Canis aureus Canidae Jackals

3. Funambulu pennati Sciuridae Three Striped Squirrel

4. Herpestes edwardii Herpestidae Common Mongoose

5. Lapus nigricallis Leporidae Indian Hare

6. Presbytis phayrei Cercopithecidae Monkey

7. Rattus rattus Muridae Rats

8. Sus scrofa Suidae Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig)

9. Vulpes vulpes Canidae Red Fox


179

Source : i). “BIODIVERSITY OF KARNATAKA” At a Glance, KARNATAKA BIODIVERSITY BOARD(Forest,Ecology and Environment Department)).


3.11.4 BirdsSpecies like Eagle (Spilornis cheela), Bhagule (Ardea purpurea), Myna (Sturnus pagodarum),

dove (Streptopelia senegalensis), Kingfisher (Alcedo atthis), Magpie robin (Copsychus

saularis), Racket tailed drongo (Dicrucrus paradiseus) peacock, Partridges etc. were highly

frequent in the village area is given in Table 3-22.

Table 3-22: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name

1. Anas crecca Anatidae Common Teal

2. Ardea cinerea Ardeidae Grey Heron

3. Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Pond Heron/Paddy Bird

4. Charadrius dubius Charadriidae Little Ringed Plower

5.Hydrophasianus

chirurgusJacanidae Pheasant-tailed Jacana

6. Tringa glareola Scolopacidae Spotted Sandpiper

7. Tringa hypoleucos Ardeidae Common Sandpiper

8. Spilornis cheela Accipitridae Eagle

9. Ardea purpurea Ardeidae Bhagule

10. Sturnus pagodarum Sturnidae Myna

11.Streptopelia

senegalensisColumbidae Dove

12. Alcedo atthis Alcedinidae Kingfisher

13. Copsychus saularis Muscicapidae Magpie robin

14. Dicrucrus paradiseues Dicruridae Racket tailed drongo

Note: LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data

Deficient, VU-Vulnerable, IUCN- International Union for Conservation of Nature

Source : i). “BIODIVERSITY OF KARNATAKA” At a Glance, KARNATAKA BIODIVERSITY BOARD(Forest,Ecologyand Environment Department)).



180

3.12 Socio Economic profile of PIA District

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The total

geographical area of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is surrounded by Gulbarga

district to the south, Maharashtra State in the West and North. It is bounded on the East by

Telangana. The population of the district is 1703300 as per 2011 Census. The male

population is 870665 and female population is 832635.The unique feature of the district is

that there are many spoken languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and

Telangana, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi, Urdu and Telugu languages.

3.12.1 Socio Economic Aspects

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social

and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides

information such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources,

and the status of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income,

agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these

characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic

and parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters

are:


Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

The following

Table 3-23 provides the certain important social indicators of Bidar District and Taluk.

Table 3-23 Social Indicators

S.No Social Indicators District *1 Population Growth 13.37%

2 Population Density (persons per sq.km) 313

3 Sex ratio (no of womwn per 1000 males) 956

4 Sex ratio for 0-6 age group 942

5 Literacy rate % 70.51%

6 Scheduled caste population % 23.47%

7 Scheduled tribe population % 13.85%


181

8 Main Workers % 34.28%

9 Marginal Workers % 10.05%

10 Urban population 25%

11 Infant Mortality Rate 31

12 Maternity Morality Rate 134

13 Institutional delivery % 98%

(Source: Census 2011)

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas.

Agriculture is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low

industrial base. A major proportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. The

proportion of net area irrigated to net area sown is only 14.18%.

3.12.2 Socio Economic profile of the study area

The study area has equal male (51.96%) and female (48.03%) population.

The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.45%) and

female (48.54%) population.

The area has 17.47% of Schedule Caste and 7.99% of Scheduled Tribe population.

The average size of the family is 5.

The following table shows the detailed demographic details of all the villages in the study

area is given in Table 3-24.


182

Table 3-24: Demographic Details of all the Villages in the Study Area

Nam

e

Tota

lHo

useh

old

Tota

l

Popu

latio

n

Male

Fem

ale

Belo

w 6

year

s

Male

Fem

ale

Sche

duled

cast

e

Sche

duled

Trib

e

Within 5 KmAliabad 291 1602 821 781 230 110 120 700 5

Bakchawadi 400 2123 1094 1029 191 97 94 708 155

Bellura 323 1920 974 946 226 127 99 310 106

Chikpet 239 1275 703 572 172 92 80 787 66

Kolhar 702 3623 1871 1752 442 241 201 685 792

Nelwad 221 1437 743 694 223 123 100 389 80

Nizampur 393 1917 969 948 250 122 128 707 238

Zamistanpur 708 3607 1851 1756 601 318 283 1124 155

Total 3277 17504 9026 8478 2335 1230 1105 5410 15975 to 10 KmAmlapur 925 5060 2573 2487 832 420 412 1277 109

Andura 783 4213 2143 2070 529 273 256 1013 307

Ashtoor 542 2747 1405 1342 365 179 186 369 684

Atwal 263 1367 697 670 175 95 80 56 440

Ayazpur 212 1154 579 575 155 77 78 217 174

Bapur 153 835 402 433 118 57 61 184 187

Benakanalli 274 1520 781 739 180 83 97 315 173


183

Bidar (CMC + OG) 41861 216020 111470 104550 27071 14097 12974 30471 10211

Chikpet 239 1275 703 572 172 92 80 787 66

Chitta 1007 5515 2879 2636 672 356 316 1142 821

Chondi 207 1157 572 585 168 81 87 342 133

Chouli 237 1202 621 581 137 75 62 303 0

Gadgi 718 3872 1956 1916 549 277 272 991 785

Gornalli 368 2043 1080 963 228 129 99 529 527

Hamilapur 375 2334 1196 1138 322 169 153 236 110

Honnakheri 270 1501 786 715 252 135 117 887 85

Kabirwada 66 332 168 164 40 19 21 263 0

Kamthana 1920 11179 5704 5475 1639 832 807 943 2335

Kangankot 213 1197 604 593 152 82 70 311 155

Kapplapur 535 2731 1346 1385 329 184 145 190 577

Kasimpur 456 2358 1208 1150 321 166 155 426 1468

Khadernagar 306 1542 778 764 226 111 115 566 332

Kolhar 318 1691 855 836 216 119 97 434 242

Madaknalli 697 3914 1974 1940 582 282 300 1013 374

Mahamdapur 100 725 380 345 124 70 54 292 0

Malik Mirzapur 383 1940 975 965 289 150 139 579 472

Mamankeri 58 307 152 155 45 25 20 63 10

Markhal 748 4108 2137 1971 530 253 277 774 453

Mirzapur Taj 134 683 349 334 86 42 44 86 50

Odwada 201 1061 538 523 128 62 66 600 13


184

Qutubabad 281 1533 784 749 237 116 121 459 553

Sangolgi 551 2879 1489 1390 392 222 170 1398 447

Secundrapur 490 2785 1434 1351 363 181 182 558 590

Shamrajapur 170 806 411 395 93 41 52 2 61

Shamshirnager 379 1943 1000 943 297 157 140 541 179

Sippalgeri 95 459 234 225 53 24 29 438 0

Telang – Mirzapur 256 1524 787 737 225 117 108 102 225

Yadlapur 359 2026 988 1038 260 135 125 607 59

Khanapur 202 1023 511 512 161 85 76 537 63

Malchapur 592 3055 1533 1522 445 227 218 1112 386

Total 64498 338624 174234 164390 43828 22757 21071 62233 27050



185

3.12.3 Occupation

The area is predominately agricultural based. Agriculture and its allied activities like cattle

rearing; agriculture products selling are their main income sources. Of the total working

population, 81.81% are the main workers as they have regular job more than six months in

a year. Only 24.22% of working population is involved in agricultural and agricultural related

occupation. Since the major portion of the Bidar town comes within the 10 Km radius,

majority of the workers are in non-agricultural activities.


186

Table 3-25 Occupation details of the project study area

Village Name

Tota

lW

orke

rs

Main

Wor

kers

Main Workers Marginal Workers Main Workers

Marg

inal

Wor

kers

Marginal Workers

Culti

v

ator

s

Agri.

Labo

rer

s

Culti

vat

ors

Agri.

Labo

rer

sHo

useh

old

Ind.

Othe

r

Hous

ehol

dIn

d.

Othe

r

Within 5 KmAliabad 593 523 7 65 6 17 0 451 70 0 47

Bakchawadi 939 872 135 417 5 25 3 317 67 0 37

Bellura 780 756 81 363 5 7 13 299 24 1 11

Chikpet 527 491 23 163 4 2 3 302 36 0 30

Kolhar 1444 1033 78 247 24 98 12 696 411 56 233

Nelwad 596 588 57 445 2 2 3 83 8 0 4

Nizampur 778 625 43 126 6 89 5 451 153 2 56

Zamistanpur 1328 969 45 111 4 37 146 667 359 18 300

Total 6985 5857 469 1937 56 277 185 3266 1128 77 7185 to 10 KmAmlapur 1786 1249 92 236 10 83 18 903 537 66 378

Andura 1719 1152 230 311 15 313 36 575 567 24 215

Ashtoor 1367 1298 82 612 18 20 11 593 69 0 31

Atwal 589 522 123 244 11 40 9 146 67 1 15

Ayazpur 486 421 51 137 3 26 5 228 65 3 33

Bapur 354 327 29 155 0 4 14 129 27 1 22

Benakanalli 497 402 213 53 3 62 2 134 95 0 30

Bidar (CMC + OG) 66415 55928 670 1528 186 609 962 52768 10487 619 9073


187

Chikpet 527 491 23 163 4 2 3 302 36 0 30

Chitta 2252 2035 327 1047 25 148 15 646 217 19 25

Chondi 515 416 111 114 24 55 2 189 99 0 20

Chouli 515 273 86 83 1 7 1 103 242 2 232

Gadgi 1740 1514 250 458 14 123 79 727 226 20 69

Gornalli 879 639 126 234 3 106 0 279 240 0 131

Hamilapur 788 605 51 42 8 62 30 482 183 8 105

Honnakheri 813 803 169 470 0 7 9 155 10 0 3

Kabirwada 152 142 10 112 0 10 16 4 10 0 0

Kamthana 4315 3103 440 925 30 668 157 1581 1212 42 472

Kangankot 541 534 106 115 2 0 0 313 7 0 5

Kapplapur 1174 406 147 86 15 470 13 160 768 9 274

Kasimpur 1193 1150 220 802 2 7 13 115 43 0 34

Khadernagar 793 627 280 309 136 25 6 32 166 1 4

Kolhar 648 541 46 266 6 9 7 222 107 3 89

Madaknalli 1324 935 201 490 59 236 15 229 389 27 67

Mahamdapur 356 356 106 199 0 0 2 49 0 0 0

Malik Mirzapur 890 319 72 123 10 502 5 119 571 0 59

Mamankeri 180 35 22 2 4 2 6 5 145 50 89

Markhal 1874 1564 372 521 30 138 36 635 310 10 132

Mirzapur Taj 242 240 4 17 0 0 2 217 2 0 2

Odwada 424 329 27 75 19 15 5 222 95 2 59

Qutubabad 727 481 77 89 18 87 9 306 246 1 140


188

Sangolgi 1432 1244 184 918 6 132 3 139 188 0 50

Secundrapur 1130 344 108 15 13 720 16 205 786 5 48

Shamrajapur 364 230 30 103 4 39 4 93 134 3 88

Shamshirnager 594 517 236 191 8 30 5 85 77 3 36

Sippalgeri 201 111 6 50 0 4 4 51 90 0 86

Telang – Mirzapur 736 647 268 202 5 65 0 177 89 0 19

Yadlapur 768 706 75 283 2 33 8 340 62 3 24

Khanapur 377 280 46 104 8 69 0 130 97 0 20

Malchapur 1227 1162 253 351 2 41 26 532 65 2 20

Total 102904 84078 5969 12235 704 4969 1554 64320 18826 924 12229



189

3.12.4 Education

The district education development Index is 0.593 which is calculated based on access,

infrastructure, Teacher ratio and outcome. The district literacy rate has increased drastically

from 20.02 (year 1971) to 71.07 (year 2011) is given in Figure 3-27. Table 3-26 represents the

District Literacy rate.

Table 3-26: District literacy rate

Area /Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

District 20.02 26.64 45.11 60.94 71.07

Bidar taluk 24.93 32.53 50.96 65.00 74.51

Bidar taluk- Female 13.63 20.65 37.92 54.8 67.12


Figure 3-27: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk

The Bidar taluk has more literates than any other taluks due to urbanization. The following

Table 3-27 shows the literacy rate of the study area. The average literacy rate of the study area

is 79.8%.

Table 3-27 Literacy Rate of the Study Area

Name of Villages Literates % of Literates

Within 5 KmAliabad 1004 73.18

Bakchawadi 1396 72.26

Bellura 1207 71.25

Chikpet 836 75.79

20.0226.64

45.11

60.9471.07

24.9332.53

50.9665

74.51

13.6320.65

37.92

54.867.12

0

20

40

60

80

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Literacy rate- District Vs Taluk

District

Bidar Taluk

Bidar Taluk Female


190

Kolhar 2419 76.05

Nelwad 822 67.71

Nizampur 1135 68.09

Zamistanpur 2190 72.85

5 to 10 KmAmlapur 3016 71.33

Andura 2550 69.22

Ashtoor 1525 64.02

Atwal 857 71.90

Ayazpur 681 68.17

Bapur 510 71.13

Benakanalli 869 64.85

Bidar (CMC + OG) 162132 85.81

Chikpet 836 75.79

Chitta 3117 64.36

Chondi 612 61.88

Chouli 743 69.77

Gadgi 2227 67.02

Gornalli 1328 73.17

Hamilapur 1491 74.11

Honnakheri 910 72.86

Kabirwada 216 73.97

Kamthana 6454 67.65

Kangankot 735 70.33

Kapplapur 1614 67.19

Kasimpur 1329 65.24

Khadernagar 694 52.74

Kolhar 951 64.47

Madaknalli 2253 67.62

Mahamdapur 343 57.07

Malik Mirzapur 1137 68.87

Mamankeri 163 62.21

Markhal 2243 62.69

Mirzapur Taj 479 80.23

Odwada 678 72.67


191

Qutubabad 706 54.48

Sangolgi 1474 59.27

Secundrapur 1582 65.32

Shamrajapur 439 61.57

Shamshirnager 889 54.01

Sippalgeri 279 68.72

Telang - Mirzapur 746 57.43

Yadlapur 1185 67.10

Khanapur 542 62.88

Malchapur 1566 60.00

Total 223110 79.79


Schools: As per the constitution in India, all children up to the age fourteen have to be given

free and compulsory education. . Also through the Right of Children to Free and Compulsory

Education Act, 2009, free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen

years has become a right to free and compulsory education in a neighborhood school till

completion of elementary education.

The Incessant efforts taken by the Government and the department have shown better results

like good enrollment, less dropout rate, eradication of child labour.

The project area has access to the primary education facilities. Bidar being on urban , it houses

many higher educational institutions. The following Table 3-28 shows available school

education facilities in the Bidar block.

Table 3-28: Education Infrastructures in Bidar Block

Prim

ary S

choo

lon

ly

Pri a

nd U

pper

Prim

ary o

nly

Uppe

r Prim

ary

only

Uppe

r Pri

+Sec

onda

ry+H

igh

er S

econ

dary

Pri+

UP+S

econ

dary

UP+

Seco

ndar

y

Seco

ndar

y onl

y

HS/ J

unio

r

Colle

ge

231 340 1 1 31 7 132 52

(Source: DISE 2015-16)

3.12.5 Health Facilities within the study area

There are common ailments prevalent in the area like fever, diarrhea etc. People are also

complaining about other health issues like Asthma, Skin infection etc due to the pollution.


192

The project area comes under Bidar taluk, Bidar being head quarters of the district, health care

accessibility is available. The following Table 3-29 shows the availability of health facilities in

the project area.

Table 3-29: Health profile of Bidar Taluk

HospitalsCommunity

Health CentrePrimary Health

CentreSub centre

PrivateHospitals

District 17 8 51 270 297

Bidar Taluk 5 0 7 53 162

(Source: BHO, Bidar)

There are some health indicators like the Infant Mortality Rate, Child Mortality rate and Maternal

Mortality Rate etc. which shows the health of the area.

Infant Mortality Rate: It is defined as the deaths of infants of age less than one year per

thousand live births. The IMR of Bidar taluk is 23 and of the district are 31 (WHO

European Region -10 per 1000 live births).

Child Mortality Rate: also known as under-5 mortality or child death refers to the death

of infants and children under the age of five or between the age of one month to four

years. The CMR of the taluk is 31 and that of the district is 35.(WHO European Region

-11 per 1000 live births)

Maternal Mortality Rate: Maternal death is the death of a woman while pregnant or

within 42 days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the duration from any cause

related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not from accidental or

incidental causes. The MMR of the Bidar taluk is 119 and the district is 134.

3.12.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Tap water and tube wells are the main sources of drinking water. The following Table 3-30shows the drinking water from different sources and availability of toilets within the study area.


193

Table 3-30: Village Wise Sanitation & Drinking Water Facilities within the Study Area

Name ofVillages

Main Source of Drinking Water

No o

f Toi

lets

Tapw

ater

from

trea

ted

Sour

ceTa

pwat

erfro

mun

-trea

ted

Sour

ceCo

vere

d we

ll

Un-c

over

edwe

ll

Hand

pum

p

Tube

well/B

oreh

ole

Sprin

g

Rive

r/Ca

nal

Tank

/Po

nd/

Lake

Othe

rso

urce

s

Within 5 KmAliamber 22.1 51.6 0.1 1.2 13.8 11 0.1 0.1 0 0 1.3

Bakchawadi 0.8 95.4 0.5 1.8 0 0.8 0 0 0 0.8 3.1

Bellura 35.8 18 0 32.7 13.1 0 0 0 0 0.3 6.1

Chikpet 0.5 99.5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8.6

Kolhar 63.5 18.4 2 8.9 6.4 0.5 0.3 0 0 0 39.7

Nelwad 71.6 8.2 0 0 17.3 2.9 0 0 0 0 5.3

Nizampur 49.3 14.3 0.2 6.9 4.7 22.2 0 0 0 2.5 3.7

Zamistanpur 32.8 29.1 2 2.6 31.7 0.9 0 0.1 0 0.9 3.9

5 to 10 KmAmlapur 18 3 1.5 34.8 0 42.4 0.1 0.1 0 0 25.9

Andura 52.3 31 0.1 2.5 4.9 8.9 0.3 0 0 0 7.9

Ashtoor 22.5 53.3 0 3.2 15.6 5.4 0 0 0 0 11.4

Atwal 96.6 0 1.1 1.9 0 0 0.4 0 0 0 5

Ayazpur 32.7 27.8 1 3.4 15.6 19.5 0 0 0 0 13.7

Bapur 94.7 5.3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9.3

Benakanalli 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 19.6

Bidar (CMC +OG) 31.4 8.1 14.7 30.6 2.3 8.7 0.9 0 0.1 3.3 80

Chitta 46.7 17 1.5 7.9 1.6 21.9 0 0 0 3.3 13.4

Chondi 10.7 70.1 0.5 7.5 3.7 4.2 0 0 3.3 0 1.9

Chouli 0 0 0 0.4 0 99.6 0 0 0 0 5.4

Gadgi 43.3 29.4 0.6 11.8 2 11.7 1.3 0 0 0.1 10

Gornalli(B) 50.2 10.5 4.7 1.1 2.5 28.4 0 0 0 2.5 12.4

Hamilapur 3.1 32.7 13 12.7 14.8 4.2 0 0 0 19.5 21.8

Honnakheri 0 83 0 12.7 0 0.4 4 0 0 0 0

Kabirwada 0 0 0 1.5 98.5 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kamthana 20.7 28.9 2.3 10.9 9.7 24.7 0.1 0.3 0 2.4 32.3

Kangankot 21.7 72.2 0 5.7 0.5 0 0 0 0 0 3.3

Kapplapur 83.1 0.6 0.2 3.7 0.4 12.1 0 0 0 0 2.1


194

Kasimpur 1.8 5.9 0.5 0 0.2 91.2 0 0 0.5 0 2

Khadernagar 16.6 29.8 3 41.4 2.6 6.6 0 0 0 0 2

Kolhar 42 57 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1.3

Madaknalli 26.1 8.2 1.6 1.7 21.1 41.1 0.1 0 0 0 16.8

Mahamdapur 0 0 0 0 0 99 0 1 0 0 1

Malik Mirzapur 0 99.7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.3 0 15

Mamankeri 22 78 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.7

Markhal 82.9 3 0.2 3.3 0 10.5 0 0 0 0 4.8

Mirzapur Taj 46.7 27 0 16.1 1.5 8.8 0 0 0 0 22.6

Mohillatte-Gornalli 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5.8

Odwada 7.7 14.8 3.1 0 48.5 26 0 0 0 0 13.3

Qutubabad 0 98.6 0 0 0 1.4 0 0 0 0 1.4

Sangolgi 58.1 21.7 0 20.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1.6

Secundrapur 60.6 7.4 0 1.6 4.7 24.7 0 0 0 0.8 9.9

Shamrajapur 42.6 31.4 0.6 0 12.4 13 0 0 0 0 11.8

Shamshirnager 76.7 22.8 0.3 0 0.3 0 0 0 0 0 2

Sippalgeri 98.9 0 0 0 0 1.1 0 0 0 0 3.3

Telang -Mirzapur 0 37.9 0 0.4 59.5 0.4 1.9 0 0 0 4.5

Yadlapur 7.3 65.4 0 0.3 24.1 2.9 0 0 0 0 3.5

Khanapur 0 50.2 0 1.1 0 48.8 0 0 0 0 1.1

Malchapur 3.6 19.1 1 53.5 0 8.4 0.2 0 0 14.2 3.3



195

3.12.7 Road Infrastructure

The rural and major road works are imperative for the transportation of the agricultural goods

and other goods to various locations. The area is mainly an agricultural based, agricultural

produce could be transported to the distance places like Bangalore and other neighboring

destinations.

There are good road networks in the district, which connects the neighboring states like

Telangana, Maharashtra state.Table 3-31shows the State Highways in the project area and

Table 3-32 shows the total stretch of different roads in the district

Table 3-31: State Highways in the Study Area

S.No SH No SH name

1 SH4 Kamalanagar – Gunalli

2 SH15 Wanamarapalli – Raichur

3 SH105 Humnabad – Bidar

4 SH 122 Adki - Wadagaon

(Source: PWD of Karnataka)

Table 3-32: Total Stretch of Different Roads in the District

NationalHighways

(Km)

State Highways(Km)

Major District Roads(Km)

Total Length(Km)

6572.15 19720.95 49928.36 76221.46

(Source: PWD of Karnataka)

3.12.8 Project area Socio Economic Indicators

Summary of socioeconomic indicators within the study area is given in Table 3-33.Table 3-33Summary of Socio economic indicators

S. No Particulars Study Area1 Study Area – Districts Bidar District

2 Number of villages in the Study Area 48


196

S. No Particulars Study Area3 Total Households 67775

4 Total Population 356128

5 Sex Ratio 1060

6 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 46163

7 Children Sex Ratio 1081

8 Urban Rural Ratio 61.10:38.89

9 SC Population 67643

10 ST Population 67643

11 Total Working Population 109889

12 Main Workers 89935

13 Marginal Workers 19954

14 Agricultural Workers 26616

15 Household Industries 2740

16 Other Workers 80533

17 Institutional Birth Rate (District) 98%

18 Literates 79.79%



197

CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES


198

4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.1 Introduction

Environmental Impact is any change in the environmental attributes, adverse or beneficial, caused

or induced by the proposed action or set of actions. The predicted adverse impacts during each

stage of project development are superimposed over the baseline status of the existing

environmental quality to infer the scenario of environmental conditions in the post-project stage.

The main purpose of identifying the impacts is that it helps in adopting appropriate mitigation

measures for the adverse consequences if any.

Predicting and evaluating the various significant impacts that are likely to occur. The impacts on

the environmental indices viz. air, water, soil, noise, biological and socioeconomic conditions are

scrutinized methodically and assessed.

4.2 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location

The proposal is an expansion project within the existing facility in KIADB. Therefore, there will not

be any land acquisition requirement and no impact due to location will arise.

4.2.1 Impacts due to changes in land use pattern

The project site land area is 15657 sq. m (3.87 Acres), located within the Industrial area. Since

this is an expansion project which involves some construction work there will be little change in

existing land use pattern of the project site.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of the

project on the land environment.

Air emissions will be effectively controlled by use of scrubbers and therefore deposition of

air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is not envisaged.

Disposal of solid waste will be carried out through authorized vendor.

ZLD will be maintained . No effluent will be discharged directly on land without treatment.,

impact on the land environment is not envisaged.

Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises. Accidental

spills will be cleaned, reported and monitored.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid waste or

liquid effluent from the proposed expansion.

The most likely impacts on the environment due to the proposed project need to be appraised

during the two different phases of the project namely pre-operation/ construction phase and


199

operation phase. The particulars on impacts that could be triggered on the environmental attributes

by the activities of the proposed project are discussed below.

4.3 Construction Phase

Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as the

construction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. The major

activities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works, machinery works

and transportation works.

During the construction phase, the following activities among many are considered to be important

towards creating environmental impacts:

1. Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site).

2. Excavation, backfilling and levelling

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils.

4. Foundation works.

5. Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, Tanks, Pipelines and Sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads, drains & water supply.

7. Painting and finishing.

8. Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.


Impacts

The activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use from

vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impacts on the land

environment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy construction

vehicles and machineries.

2. Removal of soil from the site.

3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.

4. Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures

1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using protective

boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of soil.

2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.


200

3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development and

landscaping.

4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent

land/soil pollution.

5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential for

water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).

6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing internal

road and project structures.


Impacts

The activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are

1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the

surroundings.

2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.

4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it can

impact the labors working.

5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.

6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.

7. Cleaning and landscaping.

8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipments.

Mitigation measures

1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust

generation.

2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.

3. Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.

4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.

5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments.

6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions, noise

pollution and consumption of energy resource.

7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions.


201

8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.

9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of

construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.


Impacts

1. Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas.

2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.

3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a

change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.

4. Generation of sewage.

Mitigation measures

1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from the private water

suppliers.

2. Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing or

fugitive losses.

3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to prevent

accidental release or spillage.

4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilize

the rain water for construction purpose.

5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Wastewater Management:

Domestic:

The sewage generated from domestic will be disposed through septic tank followed by soak pit.

Proposed:

The sewage will be sent to Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD Capacityand the treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.


202


Impacts

1. The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatic hammers,

DG sets, compressors, concrete mixers, operating machineries, horns & acoustic signals

and communication among workers.

2. Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at the site

and those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures

1. Barricading the construction site.

2. The existing green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance.

3. Selection of equipments of high quality.

4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding loud

verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.

5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

6. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will be

provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned

authorities.

7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of

machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the work

does not necessitate it will be avoided.

9. Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure control

through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in construction activities

in the area generating high levels of noise.

4.3.5 Waste Generation

1. Sources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand

and gravel etc.

Mitigation measures

1. Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required, location

and planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.


203

2. Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of delivery

thus avoiding later disposal.

3. Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spill or

washed onto the adjacent roads.

4. Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded.

5. Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods.

6. Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris.

7. Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed containers

before disposing it to approved recyclers

4.3.6 Ecology

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility and is within the industrial area,

hence no impacts have been expected to arise on the biological environment. Except for

the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained by

conserving/developing the green belt at the site.

4.3.7 Social Environment

1. The impacts of construction activities is beneficial on the social environment as it

contributes to the economic and social development by providing employment to about 10

workers during the construction phase and thereby raising the standards of living and

quality of life.

2. Procurement of construction materials locally leads to increase in trading opportunities.

4.4 OPERATION PHASE

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its potential to

invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this operational phase

of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation, Noise generation, Solid

waste generation etc.


The land use of the existing area is already industrial use. The proposed expansion is within the

existing facility hence there will be no change in land use pattern.


204

Discharges on Land-Impact

The sewage will be sent to Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD Capacity

and treated sewage will be used for green belt and the industrial effluent will be treated in ZLD,

hence there will be no discharges on land premises.

Mitigation Measures

1. Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines

2. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the

conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.

3. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines is adopted.

4. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.

5. Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for various

requirements.

6. Regarding ETP-There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero

Liquid Discharge.

Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardous wastes

generated due to various operations in the project site. Sludge generated during production

process, chemical waste, oil slurry, Salts from ATFD etc are the source of hazardous waste.

Sludge from ETP will be generated. Poor management of such materials/wastes from the

operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling will be adopted to eliminate/minimise the

risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facility and

transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved

vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) landfill and Co-processing. However,

waste minimisation techniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation of wastes.


The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors. The DG set

and boiler sources are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to disperse the emanating

flue gases containing particulate matters, oxides of sulfur and nitrogen without affecting the ground


205

level concentrations. The emissions generated from the reactors are scrubbed out by wet

scrubbers.

4.4.2.1 Meteorological Data

The site specific meteorological data for three months from October 2018 to December 2018 was

obtained from secondary sources. Other data included for AERMET were daily wind speed, wind

direction, temperature, relative humidity, air pressure, precipitation, and solar radiation recorded

during the period. AERMET reformats meteorological data so that it can be used as input for

AERMOD model.

Figure 4-1 Windrose Diagram for Study period

4.4.2.2 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of the land use in

the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for modeling. The land use was

characterized for in and around the site. The surface characteristics for the site and surroundings

were selected and used to calculate the albedo, Bowen ratio and surface roughness parameter.


206

The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow pattern &

to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a prescribed format that

can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

4.4.2.3 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 7.5.0 was used for air dispersion modeling and is applicable to a wide

range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 50 km. In addition to more

straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and urban dispersion

scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes the

concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the convective

boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical

distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density function (pdf). This behavior of the

concentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs

(1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume mass,

released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the boundary layer before

becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the

elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For

sources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion

resulting from plume meander. The emissions from existing and proposed additional stacks are

estimated and only proposed additional stack emissions are used for the air dispersion modeling

as shown in Table 4-1. Maximum first 10 highest concentration values obtained by modeling for

SO2, NOx and PM for 24 hrs average is given in Table 4-3 toTable 4-5 and Ground Level

Concentration (GLC) for proposed additional stacks is shown in Figure 4-2 to

Figure 4-4.

Table 4-1Existing Stack Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler1.5 TPH Coal 1 22 0.3 125 8.8 0.081 0.440 0.509

175 KVADG Diesel 1 10 0.15 150 9 8.61 *

10^-76.67 *10^-9

1.31 *10^-5

Total Emission (g/s) 0.081 0.440 0.509Note: Each reactor’s scrubber is attached to individual stack.


207

Table 4-2 Proposed additional Stack Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler 2TPH Coal 1 27 0.3 150 10 0.104 0.001 1.579

250KVADG Diesel 1 15 0.15 380 8 1.21 *

10^-69.33 *10^-9

1.83 *10^-5

Total Emission (g/s) 0.104 0.001 1.579

Figure 4-2Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area


208

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Figure 4-4 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter (PM) within 10 km Radius of the Study Area


209

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)Table 4-3 First 10 Highest Concencentrationsof Sulphur Dioxide

for Proposed Additional Stacks

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from

Centre ofSources (Km)

Directionfrom Source

CentreE N

1 761366.1 1982151 3.104 0 02 764360.8 1978144 1.743 5 SE3 763362.5 1979146 1.654 3.6 SSE4 762364.3 1982151 1.601 1.5 NE5 764360.8 1986158 1.495 5 NE6 765359 1977142 1.489 6.5 SE7 766357.2 1976141 1.345 7.8 SE8 765359 1985157 1.333 5 ENE9 765359 1987160 1.225 6.5 NE

10 762364.3 1983153 1.188 1 NE

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)Table 4-4First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxides






CentreE N


10 762364.3 1983153 1.375 1 NE


210

Particulate MatterTable 4-5First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matter (PM)






CentreE N


10 762364.3 1983153 0.220 1 NE

4.4.2.4 Conclusion

It was observed that the maximum concentration observed due to proposed expansion for PM, SO2

and NOx are 0.574 µg/m3, 3.104 µg/m3 and 3.593 µg/m3. So it can be concluded that even after the

expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum. The total increase in concentrations

above baseline status due to proposed stacks is estimated and the percentage increase is

summarized in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

Pollutant

Max.Baseline

Conc.(µg/m3)


Conc. atsource(µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQstandard

Distancefrom

SourceDirection %increase

SO2 12.6 3.104 15.704 80 1 W 24.63

NOx 26.1 3.593 29.693 80 1 W 13.76

PM10 63.1 0.574 63.674 100 1 W 0.91

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/Cyclone separators will be provided by the

industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order to

check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations.


211

NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance of Air

Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.


Adequate Greenbelt width is provided.

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All the

vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission standards.

In addition, Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will ensure that unit will be with

essential pollution control measures as stated by KSEIAA /KSPCB.


Impact

Noise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineries at the project site like

Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, materials,

material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the proposed

project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be

negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the

plant area would be considerable due to occupational exposure. The proposed fixed major

equipment/units such as boiler house, compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate

vibrations during operational phase and may cause exposures to the workers/operators

engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed water

pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB

(A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulative

noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time weighted

average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and Health

Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.


212

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator cabins

/ control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will be

strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to minimise

noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;

landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and along

approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of the

project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international

standards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and secured properly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly to minimize

vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureau of

Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), which is being

practiced would be continued to mitigate the workers’ health effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.

Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of finished

products and rawmaterials will be planned in line with the same.


4.4.4.1 Potential Impact due to Location

Impact on Existing Water Resources

During operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for process, condenser

cooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water, domestic use, fire water, green belt

etc.


suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 41.225KLD, and thus the

total water requirement after expansion will be 50KLD. The fresh water requirement will be met

from private water suppliers


213

Sewage generated will be treated in Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD

Capacity and the treated sewage will be used for greenbelt. Wastewater generated from the project

will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge will be maintained, hence the impact due to the

proposed project is very minimal.

Impacts To Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the area are

working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water and ground

water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system and

will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable water in the

PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore the

efficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with proper regulatory and institutional

arrangements.

Mitigation Measures

Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following measures will be

proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario and also to ensure that

ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rainfall harvesting and

groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits

Only roof-top rain water harvesting

Rainwater storage ponds/tanks

Storage cum recharge ponds

Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

4.4.4.2 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:


Boiler and cooling tower blow down


Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.


214

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed in Section4.4.5.4. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect the surface

water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and surface water.

4.4.4.3 Wastewater Quality and Quantity with Treatment methods


Industrial effluents from the plant is stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). The

sludge from neutralization is dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent to forced

evaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF and centrifuge

drain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.

Proposed: The sewage will be treated in Packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3

KLD Capacity and the treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). The

sludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent to

MEE (30 KLD), Condensate after biological treatment will be recycled for various application as

shown in Table 2-14. MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to TSDF.

The existing wastewater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be a ZeroLiquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given in Table 4-7.

Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal

Description Existing Proposed TotalTreatment

UnitsFinal Disposal point

Domestic

(KLD)0.65 1.55 2.2 STP

Treated sewage will be

used for Greenbelt.

Ind. effluent

generation

(KLD)

4.7 22 26.7

ZLD

(ETP,MEE

&ATFD)

Treated water recycled.

Solid will be sent to TSDF

Characteristics of effluents is provided in the below

Table 4-8. ZLD scheme (ETP, MEE) is provided in Annexure 12 and Proposed STPprocess flow is provided in Annexure 13.


215

Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. Parameter





CPCB Standards

1 pH Neutral Neutral 6 – 8.5

2 TDS 70000 <2000 -

3 COD 30000 <100 <250

4 BOD 3000 <20 <30

5 TSS 200-250 <30 <100


Conveyance of Wastewater to ETP:

The wastewater will be conveyed to ETP through pipeline.

Wastewater Collection

There are 6 noof tanks for each type of wastewater generated and the holding capacity of each

tank is 5 KL.

Mitigation Measures

ETP to treat industrial effluents.

Sewage will be treated in packaged sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process 3 KLD

Capacity. Treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System will be adopted for ETP. Treated wastewater will be

recycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14.

A storm water drainage system is already developed for the project site.

The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area.

The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will be

sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further treatment. The

treated water will be re used for various applications.

Environmental damage done due to use of septic tank and soakpit,for this STP is

proposed.


216


Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and the study

area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area are local

migrants only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have any adverse impact

on the paths for avi-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

The wastewater treatment system will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no

discharge to land environment.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrial

ecology and biodiversity.


Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can be

broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Municipal Solid Waste. Further, the generated

Municipal solid waste will include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of

solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.5.If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will

impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the

operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure adopting

recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic and inorganic

wastes. Solid waste management is given in Figure 4-5.


217

Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept

High quality raw materials will be used for manufacturing of proposed products, the process wastes

will be properly handled and disposed to TSDF.Hazardous waste will be handled as per the

detailsprovided in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2 andTable 2-19.The raw materials are properly stored

in closed atmosphere, the mode of storage is provided in raw materials list-Annexure 7.The APC

measures are provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.5.1 andTable 10-2. The wasterwater treatment

system will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4.3.

Hence no adverse impact is envisaged on adjacent agriculture land.


218

CHAPTER – 5ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


219

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES(Technology & Site)

5.1 Introduction

This project doesn’t have alternative for site and technology and the justifications are described

below.

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis

Alternate sites were not considered due to location and infrastructuresavailable in KIADB Industrial

Area. Existing land area is adequate enough for the proposed expansion.

5.3 Process Alternative

The project site has been acquired in the year September 2008. The project is Bulk Drug

Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products

manufacturing industry with R & D activity. The manufacturing processes for these products are

tried & tested method, and therefore there is no risk of technological failure. In addition to this the

facility is being backed up by the R & D centre which will put continuous efforts for optimization of

the processes to take care of the any technological failures. There is no alternate catalyst used.


220

CHAPTER – 6ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM


221

6. Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Introduction

The primary aim of environmental monitoring program is to formulate a systematic, site-specific

plan for monitoring the environmental parameters within the impact area, during and after

commissioning of the project, which would aid in assessing the effectiveness of mitigation and

environmental protection measures implemented for the proposed project based on the existing

environmental scenario and the probable environmental impacts appraisal.

The plan framed for the intended facility will describe:

The details of the proposed mitigation measures taken for safeguarding the environment

at the project site as well as in the vicinity of the industrial site

Details of management plans (Greenbelt development plan, Solid waste management

plan etc)

Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken after commissioning

of the project.

The associated cost components of the pollution control systems that will be installed at

the site.

For each of the environmental attributes, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be

monitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring and it also denotes

the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities.

6.2 Objectives

Ensure day to day operational activities are conducted in a manner in compliance with

the applicable regulatory approvals including legislation and industry standards.

Evaluate the adequacy of mitigation and pollution control measures implemented for

reducing the adverse impacts caused during the construction and operation stage and

suggest additional mitigation measures, if appropriate, in the light of the results.

Define a detailed framework to monitor and document for achieving full compliance with

statutory requirements.

Encourage good environmental management practices through planning, commitment

and continuous improvement.


222

Develop clearly defined environmental monitoring program designed to assess the nature

and extent of environmental impacts of the proposed operations and progressively refine

such programs against the targets.

Define roles and responsibilities of site personnel and ensure that all people onsite are

fully informed of their responsibilities and accountabilities with regard to the environment.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)/

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) related to air emission and liquid effluent discharge

as per air and water pollution control act/ laws

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling)

Rules 1989 and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

and subsequent amendments.

Review, improve and update environmental management procedures and standards.

Establish response procedures for actual/potential environmental impacts including

community complaints and ensure corrective action is taken.

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management

expenditure, Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a

cleaner and better environment.

6.3 Post Project Environmental Monitoring

It is imperative that the Project Authorities set up regular monitoring stations to assess the quality

of the neighbouring environment after the commissioning of the project. An environmental

monitoring programme is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and identify the

effectiveness of mitigative measures suggested in the EMP.

6.3.1 Monitoring Program

During construction phase and after commissioning of the project, monitoring of environmental

parameters will be carried out at regular intervals. The monitoring programme is based on the

findings of the impact assessment studies. The monitoring programme including areas, number


223

and location of monitoring stations, frequency of sampling and parameters to be covered for

Construction phase is summarized in Table 6-1 & Operational phase is given in Table 6-2.

Table 6-1 Construction Phase Environmental Monitoring Program

S.

No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequency ofSampling

Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Meteorology OneHourly and

Daily basis.

Wind speed and direction,

Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Atmospheric

pressure, Rainfall.

2.Ambient Air

Quality

8 Stations (In down

wind)

Twice a

week:24 hourly

period

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, Pb,

CO,O3,C6H6, As, Ni,TVOC,

NH3,Cl,HCl,HBr,H2S, HF.

3. Noise

8 (four within plant

premises and four

outside plant

premises)

Once every

season

Ambient Equivalent continuous

Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) at

day and Night time.

4. SoilEight Locations within

the Project SiteYearly Once

Physico chemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals

5.Terrestrial

Ecology

Within 10km, around

the project

Once in three

yearsSymptoms of injuries on plants


224

Table 6-2 Operational Phase Environmental Monitoring Program

S.

No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequency ofSampling

Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Meteorology OneHourly and

Daily basis.

Wind speed and direction,

Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Atmospheric

pressure, Rainfall.

2.Ambient Air

Quality

2 Stations (In down

wind)

Twice a

week:24 hourly

period

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, Pb,

CO,O3,C6H6, As, Ni,TVOC,

NH3,Cl,HCl,HBr,H2S, HF.

3. Noise

4 (two within plant

premises and two

outside plant

premises)

Once every

season

Ambient Equivalent continuous

Sound Pressure Levels (Leq) at

day and Night time.

4. Liquid EffluentsMain Plant Effluents Weekly

pH, Temp, Conductivity, TSS,

TDS, BOD, Phenol.

Sanitary Effluents Monthly pH, TSS, BOD & COD

5.Exhaust from

DG setStack of DG set Quarterly PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & CO

6.Vehicular

EmissionsParking area

Periodic

monitoring of

vehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

7.

Solid waste /

Hazardous

waste

Check conformance

to HWM rules

Quantity and

Quality

monitoring

Periodically

8. SoilTwo Locations within

the Project SiteYearly Once

Physico chemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals

9.Terrestrial

Ecology

Within 10km, around

the project

Once in three

yearsSymptoms of injuries on plants


225

CHAPTER – 7ADDITIONAL STUDIES


226

7. Additional Studies

7.1 Public Hearing

The proposed project is located in Notified KIADB Industrial Area, the projects falls under the

Category B as per EIA Notification 2006; as per MoEF & CC Office Memorandum, dated 3rd June

2009; EIA Notification, 2006 in para 7 (i), sub section III exempted from undertaking public hearing

for expansion or modernization or change of product mix in existing projects.

However as per theorder dated 13.10.2017 and 14.03.2018, by the Hon’ble High Court of

Judicature at Madras in WP no. 11189 of 2017, the comittee, vide. F. No. SEIAA 24 IND (VOIL)

2018 dated 05.07.2018 has asked to conduct the Public Hearing in accordance with the procedure

prescribed under EIA Notification, 2006 vide Additional ToR no. 25. This EIA report will be

submitted to KSPCB for conducting the Public Hearing. The concerns raised during Public

Consultation, will beincorporated in the Final EIA report and submitted to SEIAA for appraisal.

7.2 R & R ACTION PLANS

Rehabilitation and resettlement is not applicable since the project is in KIADB Industrial Area,

Kolhar, Bidar.

7.3 Risk Assessment

The Detailed risk assessment report for the proposed project is enclosed as Annexure 15.

7.4 ToR Compliance Report

S.No

Terms of Reference Compliance

A. Standard TOR

1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is given in Pg no.

21 and also given in Chapter 11.

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai

NABET Accredited vide Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF

Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-


227

S.No


15018/13/2016-CPW)

Details provided in Chapter 12.

ii. Information about the Project Proponent M/s Chiral Biosciences Ltd was acquired in

September 2008.

Details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.

iii. Importance and Benefits of the Project The Proposed project will play a vital role in

the Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty

Chemicals and Biotech Products sectors

and thereby address the market demand

and Social benefits.

Details provided in Chapter 8.

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and Time of completion The cost of the project is INR 5.00 Crores.

Time of completion is 12 months.

Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5&2.6.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed

project

Exiting product 1 number: 120 MTPA.

Proposed: Existing product 1 number and

newly added 26 nos products with 351.6

MTPA.

After Expansion: Total 27 nos products with

capacity of 351.6 MTPA.

Detailed Chapter-1, Section 1.1 &Table1-1.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing Products details given above. Proposed


228

S.No


products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

expansion is within the existing facility,

additional land is not required. Land

document is enclosed as Annexure 1.

iv. List of Raw materials and their source

with mode of transportation

The list of Raw materials and their source

with mode of transportation of raw materials

are provided in Table 2-6.

v. Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities and storage capacities

Details of storage details provided in

Chapter 2, Section 2.10 and

Table 2-7.

vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management

Details on emissions & sources are

provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.2.3 andTable 4-1 & Table 4-2.

Effluents generation, treatment and disposalmethods are detailed in Chapter 4, Section4.4.4.3 and Table 4-7.

Hazardous wastes generation and their

management are detailed in Chapter 2,Section 2.14.2 and Table 2-19.

vii.Requirement of water, power, with source

of supply, status of approval, water

balance diagram, man-power requirement

(regular and contract)

The water requirement for the existing

facility is 8.775 KLD, which is met from

private water suppliers. The additional water

requirement due to the expansion will be

41.225 KLD, and thus the total water

requirement will be 50 KLD. The fresh

water requirement will be met from private

water suppliers.

Details on water requirement and source

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2and Table 2-14.

Water balance charts provided in the


229

S.No


Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2 and Figure 2-10& Figure 2-11, and the same are also

enclosed as Annexures 10 & 11.

Details on power requirement and source

are provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.14.3and Table 2-15.

Details on manpower requirement and

source are provided in Chapter 2, Section2.14.4 andTable 2-16.

viii. Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material

to products to be provided

Process description is Attached as

Annexure 19.

The detailed list of machinery & equipmentsin the industry installed & proposed to beprocured are provided in the Chapter 2,Section 2.17 and Table 2-20 &

Table 2-21.

ix. Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems

Hazardous identification and details of

proposed safety systems are detailed in

Chapter 7, Section 7.5.

x. Expansion/ modernization proposals

(a) Copy of all Environmental

Clearance(s) including amendments

thereto obtaining for the project from

MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached

as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest monitoring report of the

Regional office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

EC andCFE are not obtained for the existing

facility.

Existing CFO and its conditions compliance

are enclosed as Annexure 3 & 4respectively.


230

S.No


circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the

status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all existing

environmental clearances including

Amendments shall be provided. In

addition status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the ongoing

existing operation of the project from

SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-

EMP report

(b) In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not obtaining the

provisions of the EIA notification

1994 and/or EIA notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of Consent

to Establish / No objection certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case of

units operating in prior to EIA

notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further

compliance report to the conditions of

Consents from the SPCB shall be

submitted.

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,

justification for selecting the site. Whether

other sites were considered

Location of the project site is detailed in

Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1.

Alternate sites were not considered,

justification provided in the Chapter 5,Section 5.2.

ii. A Topo sheet of the study area of Topo map of study area is provided in


231

S.No


radius of 10Km and site location on

1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas and

environmentally sensitive places)

Chapter 3, Section 3.3 and Figure 3-2.

iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for

selection of site

Alternate sites were not considered,

justification provided in the Chapter 5,Section 5.2.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site

Site coordinates of all the corners Providedin Chapter 1, Section 1.4.1 and

Table 1-4.

v. Google map Earth downloaded of the

project site

Satellite imageries of the Environment

Sensitive Area with Distances within 15 km

radius is provided in the Figure 2-2and10, 5

& 1km radius are appended in Figure 2-3 to

Figure 2-5 respectively. Chapter 2, Section2-3.

vi. Layout maps including existing unit

as well as proposed unit indicating storage

area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities

etc. If located within an industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/Estate.

Site layout indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc attached as

Annexure-8.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site, existing,

show photographs of

plantations/greenbelt, in particular

The sites photographs are appended in

Chapter 2, Section 2.12 and Figure 2-9.

viii. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (indicate and acquired),

The Land use break-up of total land is

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.13 &


232

S.No


government/ private- agriculture, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included (not required for

industrial area)

Table 2-10 to

Table 2-12.

ix. A list of major industries with name

and type within the study area (10 km

radius) shall be incorporated. Land use

details of the study area)

List of major industries with name and type

within the study area (10 km radius) is

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.4 andTable 2-1.

x. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area shall

be included.

Geo-hydrological status of Bidar District is

provided in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.12 andFigure 3-14.

xi. Details of drainage of the project upto

5km radius of the study area. If the site is

within 1Km radius of any major river, peak

and lean season river discharge as well as

flood occurrence frequency based on peak

rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of

Flood Level of the project site and

maximum of Flood of the river shall also be

provided (mega green field projects)

Drainage map of the study area showing

10Km is appended in Chapter 3, Section3.5.13 and Figure 3-15.

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage of the

acquisition process and expected time of

complete procession of the land.

The expansion is within the existing facility,

no additional land is required.

Land document enclosed as Annexure-1.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy

Not applicable. The project site is located in

the designated KIADB industrial area.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approvals for the use

of forest land (forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of the State Forest

Department (if applicable)

Not Applicable.


233

S.No


ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the

proposed site delineating the forest land (in

case of projects involving forest land more

than 40 Ha)

Not Applicable.

iii. Status of application submitted for

obtaining the stage of Forest Clearance

along with latest status shall be submitted

Not Applicable.

iv. The projects to be located within 10

Km of the National parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of

Wild Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-

à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the Chief

Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden

of the State Government for conservation of

schedule of fauna, if any exists in the study

area.

Not Applicable.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)

Act, 1972 to the Standing Committee of the

National Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological date using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall

The daily inversion level at the project site

varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6

PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,

December 2018.

Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.5


234

S.No


and Figure 3-19.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO

and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based on CPCB

guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone,

sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

AAQ locations detail is provided in the

Chapter 3, Section 3.7.1 and Table 3-7,and monitoring results areprovided in the

Section 3.7.2.1 andTable 3-9.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency

given in the NAAQM notification of Nov.

2009 along with- min-max, average and

98% values for each of the AAQ

parameters from data of all AAQ stations

should be provided as an annexure to the

EIA report

Raw data of all AAQ measurement are

enclosed as Annexure 22.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River

(1000m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface drains

at eight locations as per CPCB/

MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality at eight locations are

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.2and Table 3-13.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details

No.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum 8

locations shall be included

Ground water monitoring results were

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.3and Table 3-17.

vii.Noise level monitoring at minimum 8

locations shall be included

Noise level monitoring results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.8.1 andTable3-10.


235

S.No


viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB

guidelines

Soil samples analysis results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10.1 andTable3-19.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking arrangement

etc.

Since the proposed expansion is within the

existing facility located in KIADB industrial

area, the traffic impact may not be in

significant magnitude.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and

endangered species. If schedule-I fauna

and found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation plan shall be

prepared and furnished

Flora and Fauna found within the

are provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.11and

Table 3-20 toTable 3-22.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Socio-economic status of the study area is

provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.12.

7 Impact and Environmental Management Plan


236

S.No


i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific

meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, AQIP

modeling shall be done using inputs of

the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the

project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact

of all sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of the area

shall be assessed.

The ground level concentration of pollutants

(PM, SO2, NO2) using AERMOD software

were assessed and presented in Chapter 4,Section 4.4.2.3 andTable 4-3 toTable 4-5.

The impact envisaged is minimum.

Details of the model used and the input

data used for modeling shall also be

provided. The air quality contours shall

be plotted on a location map showing

the location of the project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

AERMOD Software Version 7.5.0 was used

for air dispersion modeling.

Chapter 4, Sections 4.4.2.3 and Figure4-2 to

Figure 4-4.

ii. Water quality modeling- in case of

discharge in water body

Not Applicable.

The sewage from domestic use will be

treated in Packaged sewage treatment plant

of Jhokosa process 3 KLD Capacity.

Treated sewage will be used for Greenbelt.

The proposed wastewater treatment system

will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There

will be no discharge of land environment.

iii. Impact of the transport of raw material

and end products on the surrounding

environment shall be assessed and

provided. In this regard, options for

Transport of raw materials, finished

products and wastes through road ways

only.


237

S.No


transport of raw materials and finished

products and wastes (large quantities)

by rail or rail-cum road transport or

conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be

examined.

iv. A note on treatment of waste water from

different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment,

characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P) rules.

Existing:

The sewage generated from domestic is

sent to soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be

stored and neutralized in a collection tank

(30 KLD). The sludge from neutralization will

be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid

effluent will be sent to forced evaporator (10

KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the

solid is sent to TSDF and centrifuge drain is

mixed with effluents at neutralization tank

for further treatment.

Proposed:

The sewage will be sent to Packaged

sewage treatment plant of Jhokosa process

3 KLD Capacity and the treated sewage will

be used for Greenbelt.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be

stored and neutralized in a collection tank

(30 KLD). The sludge from neutralization will

be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid

effluent will be sent to MEE (30 KLD),

Condensate after biological treatment will be

recycled for various application as shown in

Table 2-14. MEE concentrate will be sent

to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to


238

S.No


TSDF.

The existing wastewater treatment system is

ZLD and the proposed system will also be a

Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be

no discharge to land environment.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details

are provided in the Chapter 4, Section4.4.4.3.

v. Details of stack emission and action

plan for control of emissions to meet

standards.

Details of stack emission and control

measures (APC) are provided in the

Chapter 10, Section 10.5.1 and

Table 10-2.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Fugitive emission details provided in the

Chapter 10, Section 10.5.1.

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation

and their storage, utilization and

management, Copies of MOU regarding

utilization of solid and hazardous waste

in cement plant also be included. EMP

shall include the concept of waste-

minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage and disposal methods are

provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2 &Table 2-19.

Recycle/ reuse technique is detailed the


viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.

Dedicated storage facility is available at the

site for Fly Ash storage. Fly Ash will be sent

to Bricks manufacturer periodically.

ix. Acton plan for the green belt

development plan in 33% area i.e., land

with not less than 1500 trees per Ha.

Giving details of Species, width of

The Greenbelt details are provided in the


The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87


239

S.No


plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used

for the project shall also be

incorporated.

Acres), which is completely fortified and

protected on all the four sides by boundary

walls. The Greenbelt area is 10057 Sq.

mt(2.49 Acres, 64.23%). Greenbelt layout is


x. Action plan for rain water harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the

roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh water and

reuse the water requirement from other

sources.

Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater

Recharging and storm water management

are detailed in the Chapter 10, Section10.5.3.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost

/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.

Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum

for environmental pollution control measures

is detailed in the Chapter 10, Section 10.10and Table 10-5.

xii. Action plan for Post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted

Action plan for Post-project environmental

monitoring, is detailed in the Chapter 6,Section 6.3 and Table 6-1 &Table 6-2.

xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and

Man-made) preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan including

Risk Assessment and damage control.

Disaster Management Plan should be

linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

On-site emergency plans are enclosed as

Annexure-14.

8 Occupational Health

1. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Plan and fund allocation to ensure the


240

S.No


occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers

occupational health & safety of all contract

and casual workers is detailed in the


2. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

worker’s health is being evaluated by

pre-designed format, chest x-rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far and near vision, colour vision and

any other ocular defect), ECG, during

pre-placement and periodical

examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Occupational Health Monitoring details

provided in the Chapter 10, Section 10.8.3.

Annual Medical report of employees is


3. Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels

of hazards and whether they are

Permissible Exposure level (PEL) if

these are not within PEL, what

measures the company has adopted to

keep them within PEL. So that health of

the workers can be preserved.

Details of occupational & Safety Hazards

are provided in the Chapter 10, Section10.8.

4. Annual report of health status of workers

with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety

Annual Medical report of employees is


9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid

down Environmental Policy approved by

its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report

Yes.

Environmental Policy is appended in



241

S.No


Figure 10-4.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating

process/procedures to bring into focus

any infringement/ deviation/ violation of

the environemnt or forest norms/

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in

the EIA

Yes.

Environmental Policy is appended in


Figure 10-4.

A dedicatedEnvironmental Management

Cell (EMC) is in force to bring into focus of

any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the

environemnt. Details provided in Chapter10 and Section 10.3.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environemntsl issues and

for ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order

of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance is provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.3 and Figure 10-1.

iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances/ violations

of environemntal norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and/or

Stakeholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report

Reporting mechanism provided in Chapter10, Section 10.3 and Figure 10-1&

Table 10-1.

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities

such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be

provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual

workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

The site layout indicating all the facilities is

enclosed as Annexure-8.


242

S.No


11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with the bound

action plan shall be included. Socio-

Economic development activities need

to be elaborated upon.

The project site is locatd with in the

designated KIADB industrial area; hence the

public Hearing is exempted. But the project

falls under violation as per MoEF&CC

gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated

14th March, 2017 and its subsequent

amended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030

(E) dated 8th March 2018. So, EIA will be

submitted for Public Hearing. Based on the

issues raised in Public Hearing, the the item

- wise social Commitment with cost break

up and time bound action plan will be

provided

12 Any litigation pending against the project

and/ or any direction/ order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance

/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of

the case.

No litigation against the project

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in

Provided in the Chapter 7 & Section 7.4

B. Specific Terms of Reference for EIA studies for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry(Dyes & Dye Intermediates; Bulk Drugs and Intermediates Excluding DrugFormulations; Synthetic Rubbers; Basic Organic Chemicals, Other Synthetic OrganicChemicals and Chemical Intermediates)


243

S.No


1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for

solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Details on solvents to be used, measures

for solvent recovery is provided in the

Chapter 2, Section 2.12.1andTable 2-8.

Emissions control measure is provided in

the Chapter 10, Section 10.5.1.

2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Emissions control measure is provided in

the Chapter 10, Section 10.5.1.

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC,

other process specific pollutants like NH3,

Chlorine, HCl, HBr, H2S, HF, etc., (as

applicable)

Details provided in the Chapter 3, Section3.7.2.1 and Table 3-9.

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals

Details provided in the Chapter 10, Section10.6.5.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including

segregation of effluent streams for units

adopting ‘Zero ‘Liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams for

units adopting ‘Zero ‘Liquid discharge is

provided in the Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4.3.

6 Action Plan for odour control to be submitted Details provided in the Chapter 10, Section10.5.1.

7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that they c

o-process organic solid/hazardous waste

generated

Noted, and will be followed. Now the

document is submitting for Public Hearing.

Details will be enclosed in final EIA

submission.

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF, if any

Facility is ZLD.

TSDF agreement is under process

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts This shall be disposed off to TSDF as this


244

S.No


being hazardous waste.

10 Material safety data sheet for all the

chemicals being used/will be used

Products MSDS Annexure-20and Raw

materials MSDS Annexure-21.

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

liquid effulent in CETP and Solid/hazardous

waste in TSDF.

Request letter for Hazardous waste storage

and disposal submitted to KSPCB.

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. No incineration activity in the facility.

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan

for handling & safety system to be

incorporated

Risk Assessments are enclosed as

Annexure-15.

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety

of workers engaged in handling of toxic

materials

Detail on health and safety of workers is

provided in the Chapter 10, Section 10.8.

Additional TOR’s

1. Compliance to CFO conditions as well as

notice issued by the KSPCB and status of

the industry.

CFO and its conditions compliance are

enclosed as Annexure 3 & 4 respectively.

Status of the industry – Partly Operational (

Only trial batches are running)

2. Justification for the number of products and

number of reactors provided

Justification for number of products and

number of reactors are provided in Chapter-2, Section 2.17.

3. Material balance and mass balance for all

the products

Enclosed as Annexure 19.

4. Detailed study of the soil analysis inside the

premises of the industry is to be done and

provided

Soil samples analysis results were provided

in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10 andTable3-19.


245

S.No


5. Raw material to product and Product to

Waste generation ration for each product to

be given.

Enclosed as Annexure 19.

6. Impact on the adjacent agricultural land due

to activity as the proponent is using toxic raw

materials and the produces toxic wastes

which may ultimately reach the adjoining

areas.

M/s Chiral Biosciences Ltd is situated in

KIADB (Karnataka Industrial Area

Development Board) industrial area.

High quality raw materials will be used for

manufacturing of proposed products, the

process wastes will be properly handled and

disposed to TSDF.

Hazardous waste will be handled as per the

details provided in Chapter 2, Section2.14.2 and Table 2-19.

The raw materials are properly stored in

closed atmosphere, the mode of storage is

provided in raw materials list-Annexure 7.

The APC measures are provided in Chapter10, Section 10.5.1 and Table 10-2.

The wasterwater treatment system will be a


no discharge to land environment. Details

provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4.3.

Hence no adverse impact is envisaged on

adjacent agriculture land.

7. Water analysis is to be done for all the

parameters for all the nearby borewells

within 2 km radius.

Results of water analysis for nearby

borewells in enclosed as Annexure 23.

8. Details of adjecent industries and impact on Adjecent industries details provided in the


246

S.No


the same from this industry. Chapter 2, Section 2.4 and Table 2-1.

The baseline studyduring the study period

reveals that no adverse impact on the

environment.

Ambient Air Quality results are well within

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards

for Industrial, Commercial and Residential

areas at all monitoring locations

Air Quality results are provided in Chapter3, Section 3.7.2.1 and Table 3-9.

Noise: The ambient noise levels in both

Industrial area and in Residential area noise

are slightly exceeded the limit prescribed by

MoEF & CC; Chapter 3, Section 3.8 andTable 3-10.

Water environment is expplained in

Chapter 3, Section 3.9 and Surface water

results is given inTable 3-13 & Ground

water resultsis given inTable 3-17.

Soil: Soil quality monitoring results are

given in Chapter 3, Section 3.10.1 and

Table 3-19.

High quality raw materials will be used for

manufacturing of proposed products, the

process wastes will be properly handled and

disposed to TSDF.

Hazardous waste will be handled as per the

detailsprovided in Chapter 2, Section2.14.2 and Table 2-19.


247

S.No


The raw materials are properly stored in

closed atmosphere, the mode of storage is

provided in raw materials list-Annexure 7.

The APC measures are provided in Chapter10, Section 10.5.1 and Table 10-2.

The wasterwater treatment system will be a


no discharge to land environment. Details

provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4.3.

Hence no adverse impact is envisaged on

adjecent industries.

9. Existing greenbelt details and proposed with

design to be provided. The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87

Acres). The Greenbelt area is 10057 Sq. mt

(2.49 Acres, 64.23%).

Details provided in Chapter 10, Section10.11

10. MEE is not in the present layout plan. This

shall be incorporated and modofied layout

plan and scheme and design including

capacity of the same to be provided.

MEE location is marked in site layout


Proposed MEE scheme and design


11. Scheme for storage and design of waste as

per the hazardous waste handling and

disposal rule to be provided.

Hazardous waste Management is provided

in the Chapter 2, Section 2.14.2 and Table2-19.

12. Storage and handling method of bromine in

the process

Bromine not used in the process.

13. Alternatives solvents to chloroform and EDC

in the process may be given.

Chloroform and EfDC are not used.


248

S.No


14. Safety measures taken in the hydrogenation

process to be explained in EIA and explore

the possibility of using alternative catalysts

for hydrogenation process.

Safety measures taken in the hydrogenation

process is detailed at Chapter 2, Section2.7.3.

The catalysts which will be used in the

process are process demand.

15. Solvent storage and solvent recovery system

to be explained. Explain the percentage of

loss and percentage of recovery and

disposal of recovered solvents with scheme

is to be furnished.

Solvent Storage and recovery are given in

Chapter 2, section 2.11 & 2.12

16. Enlist the raw materials with quantity with

particular mention of any pyrophopic &

highly reactive materials and precautions

taken for their storage, also mention any

restricted / banned chemicals, if used in your

product manufacture proposal

The list of raw material for the proposed

products is provided in Table 2-6.

17. Provide the solvents storage plan with the

quality as per standard norms highlighting

any special precautions adopted for storage.

Solvents storage details are given in

Chapter 2, Section 2.11 and Table 2-8.

18. Idenify and evaluate the steps in the

manufacturing of your products that that may

represent risks to personal or equipment and

conduct a detailed investigation and present

in the hazop study along with risk

assessment, disaster management of worst

case scenario, all control equipments and

mitigation measures adopted, emergency

preparedness and onsite emergency pla.

Details of Risk assessment are given in

Chapter 7, Section 7.3 and Annexure 15.

19. Compatibility of the different waste

generated, including their segregation and

Details are given in Chapter 2 and Section2.14


249

S.No


storage.

20. Assessment of ecology damage with respect

to air water, land other environmental

attributes. The collection and analysis of

data shall be done by an evnironmental

laboratory duly notified under the

environment (protection) Act, 1986, or an

environmental laboratary accredited by NAB,

or a laboratory of a counsil of scientific and

industrial research CSIR) institution working

in the field of environment.

Assessment of ecological damage

assessment, Remediation Plan &

Community Resources Augmentation Plan

is provided Chapter 7, Section 7.7

21. Preparation of EMP comprising remediation

plan and natural and community resource

augmetation plan corresponding to the

ecologial damage assessed and economic

benefits derived due to violation.

22. The remediation plan and the natural and

community resource augmentation plan to

be prepared as an independent chapter in

the EIA report by the accredited consultants.

23. The Proponent shall assess the

environmental damage done due to use of

septic tank and soak pit.

24. The proponent being party to ensure

compliance on the issues covered of the

direction issued to the Karnataka State

Pollution Control Board under section 18(1)

(b) of the Water (Prevention and control of

pollution) Act, 1974 for assessment of the

environmental damages caused and

Remediation Measures is provided in

Chapter 7, Section 7.5


250

S.No


undertaking remediation measures.

25. The proponent shall get the public hearing

(As per the Order dated 13.10.2017 &

14.03.2018 by the Hon’ble High Court of

Judicature at Madras in W.P.No. 11189 of

2017) conducted in accordance with the

concerns raised during public consultation

shall be addressed and incorporated in the

final EIA report.

This EIA report will be submitted for for

Public Hearing.

The final EIA report incorporating the

concerns raised during Public Consultation,

with the remedial measures will be

submitted to KSEIAA for appraisal

26. The consultants involved in the preparation

of EIA/EMP report shall have accrediation

with quality council of india/National

accrediation board of Education and Training

(QCI/NABET). Certificate in this regard shall

be included in the EIA/EMP reports pepared

be them and the data provided by other

organization(s)/Laboratories including their

status of approvals etc. In this regard office

memorandum No. F.No. J-11013/77/2007-

IA.II(I) Dated 30th June, 2011 and

Notification No. S. O. 1030 (E) dated 8th

March 2018 available on the MoEF&CC, GoI

website http:/ /www.moef.nic.in be refered.

M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd.,

Chennai. NABET Accredited vide Certificate

No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF

Recognized Lab vide F.No. Q-

15018/13/2016-CPW.

Details are given in Chapter 12


251

7.5 Disaster Management Plan

An onsite emergency plan is attributed to the response plan that contains and minimizes the effects

due to emergencies within the installations which have a potential to cause damage to people and

facilities within the installation premises.

The On-site emergency plan is attached as Annexure 14.

Hazard Identified In the Factory

1. Health hazard due to exposure to chemicals and chemical spillages.

2. Fire hazard due to use of flammable chemicals.

3. Fire and explosion hazard due to various chemical reactions.

Scenario Based Emergency Actions

1. Action plan in case of Solvent leakage from flange joints or from bottom valve etc.,

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.

b. Access the situation.

c. Only trained personnel will approach the area using suitable personnel protective

equipments.

d. Stop leakage by closing isolation valve.

e. Stop hot work in surrounding area.

f. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

g. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

h. Cover drains / isolate from other plants with the help of sand or soil.

i. Affected persons shall will be to moved to fresh air and medical help will be sought.

2. Action plan in case of Fire in Centrifuge due to Solvent vapors

a. Shout and break MCP

b. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

c. Close valves on solvent pipe lines.


252

d. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

e. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

f. Trained personnel with suitable PPEs will extinguish fire with DCP / CO2 /

Foam extinguisher.

g. Extinguish fire with DCP / CO2 / Foam extinguisher.

h. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, fire

hydrant system with mobile foam unit will be used.

i. Cooldown MLR tank by water spray.

j. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

k. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

l. Affected persons will be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

3. Action plan in case of Fire or Explosion

a. Shout and break MCP.

b. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.

c. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.

d. Trained personnel with suitable PPEs will extinguish the fire with DCP / CO2 / Foam

Extinguishers.

e. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, fire hydrant

system and use mobile foam unit for solvent fire will be used.

f. Cooldown nearby receivers / service tank, reactors etc by water spray.

g. Isolate interconnection of tanks, reactors, service tank, charging valves, receivers

etc.

h. Other pipelines are to be checked for isolation.

i. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.

j. Affected persons will be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

4. Action plan in case of Toxic Release

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.


253

b. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel protective

equipments like SUCBA.

c. Check the wind direction; decide route of escape and evacuating persons will run

perpendicular to the wind direction and not against / along the wind direction.

d. Evacuating personnel should use wet handkerchief on their nose.

e. Inform the neighbourhood if required and if they are likely to be affected.

f. Ensure that only essential personnel are in the affected areas.

g. Rescue the persons trapped / injured.

h. Person present in other buildings should close their windows and doors to prevent

any entry of leaked gases.

i. Trace the source of leakage or spillage and isolate the system from other

equipment.

j. Isolate the electrical supply to the affected area.

k. Trap the leakage into a suitable scrubber.

l. Affected persons shall be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

5. Action plan in case of Electric Fire or Shock

a. Isolate the power supply to the affected area immediately before approaching the

site.

b. Do not use water for extinguishing the fire. Use CO2 type or DCP or dry sand to

extinguishing the fire.

c. Remove any flammable or combustible material from the vicinity of the incident.

d. Remove the affected person to an open area and check his breathing.

e. If he is unconscious and not breathing initiate artificial resuscitation procedure.

f. Do first aid for any burn injury.


254

g. Physically isolate the burnt electrical components. Do not energize till the entire

circuitry is checked with megger or other devices with safety mechanisms.

6. Action plan in case of leakage or rupture of Solvent / Fuel storage tanks

a. Area shall be evacuated immediately and cordoned off.

b. Affected persons shall be thoroughly washed using clean water and given

necessary medical aid.

c. Personnel entering the area should make use of suitable personnel protective

equipments.

d. Leaked tank must be depressurized immediately by transferring remaining quantity

into another tank or container.

e. Leakage source must be traced and plugged.

f. Isolate the nearby electrical points and prevent any fire being brought nearby. As a

precaution mobilize extra fire extinguishers to the spot to tackle fire if caught. Spilled

material spreading should be contained in a dyke and transferred to container or it

must be absorbed on sand or earth.

g. The contaminated sand or earth must be neutralized and then dumped at safe place

or burned in the fire pit. (flammable liquids should not be absorbed by combustible

solids like saw dust or combustible fibres)

h. If a spilled material gets into the trench of electrical cables, then it shall be drained

with natural gradient and washed with large quantity of water continuously after de

energising the cable.

i. If a spilled material gets into the storm water drain or sewer line then it must be

flushed with a continuous flow of large stream of clean water till it is neutralized fully.

7. Action plan in case of Compressed Gas Cylinder Leakage

a. Move the cylinders to well ventilated area, and barricade the area. Never try to

repair the leaks when the equipment is under pressure.

b. Immediately contact supplier to get the necessary information and help.


255

c. If fire catches to cylinder, do not try to extinguish the fire. Only cool (by pouring

water) and protect the nearby equipments by moving to the safe distance.

8. Action plan in case of Cryogenic Gas (Liquid Nitrogen) Leakage

a. Allow the spillage to evaporate by providing good ventilation.

b. If you feel the ventilation is insufficient, immediately evacuate the area.

9. Action plan in case of Water Reactive Chemical Spillage

a. Do not pour water on the spill.

b. If it is liquid, use neutralizing agent and inert material like dry sand to absorb

spillage.

c. If it is powder / crystalline, avoid generating dusty conditions, sweep up material,

place it in bag, label the bag and send to ETP for safe disposal.

d. Decontaminate spill site with suitable neutralizing material (Ex. Use of 5% Sodium

Bicarbonate solution for Triphosgene, Soda ash or Lime for Thionyl Chloride)

e. Wash the spill area.

10. Action plan in case of Leakage through Pipe Line, Barrel / Drum

a. If a leak is detected in a pipe line, immediately stop the supply of corresponding pipe

line

b. If the leak is detected in a barrel or drum, do not move or transport that barrel or

drum.

c. Immediately transfer that content to another non leak barrel or drum.

d. Transferred barrel / drum should be compatible with the material.

e. After the material is transferred, empty drums are to be neutralized, washed and

then stored in Hazardous waste storage area for safe disposal.

f. To remove the spilled material from that area, procedure to be followed based on

the nature of material / chemical.


256

7.6 Assessment Of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural AndCommunity Resources Augmentation Plan

Ecological Damage Assessment and Cost for 9 years of violation, Remediation Plan, Natural and

Community resource augumentation plan are summarized in Section 7.9 & 7.10.


257

7.7 Enumerate the aspects of violation

Table 7-1 Enumerate the aspects of violationS.No

Description Details Unit200

8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

1 Project Details

Producti

on

quantity

as per

warehou

se

MT/y

ear

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

120

MT

A

Major

Raw

Material

Consum

ption

MT/y

ear

325.

5

312.

3

345.

9

351.

3

342.

9

347.

7

355.

5

348.

3

350.

7

Total

Water

Consum

ption

KL/y

ear

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

320

2.9

Total

Fuel

Consum

ption for

Boiler

FO

MT/y

ear

--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Coal

MT/y

ear

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

146

0.0

HSD

MT/y

ear

--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Solvent

Usage

MT/y

ear

132.

1

123.

3

145.

7

149.

3

143.

7

146.

9

147.

9

147.

3

148.

9

Solvent

Recover

y

MT/y

ear92.5 86.3

102.

0

104.

5

100.

6

102.

8

103.

5

103.

1

104.

2

Solvent

Loss

MT/y

ear39.6 37.0 43.7 44.8 43.1 44.1 44.4 44.2 44.7

2 Plot Area Sq.m156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

156

59

3 Area


258

S.No


8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

a Built up Area Sq.m140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

140

1

b Roads Sq.m221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

221

1

cOpen space/ vacant

AreaSq.m

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

194

2

d Greenbelt area Sq.m100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

100

57

e Parking Area Sq.m180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

180

00

4 Plant Details

a ReactorsCapacit

y & No.

Ann

ex

b Process EquipmentsCapacit

y & No.

Ann

ex

c ScrubberCapacit

y & No.

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

No.

02

d BoilerCapacit

y & No.

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

1.5

TP

H &

No.

2

e Cooling TowerCapacit

y & No.

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

300

TR

&

No.

01

f SoftnerCapacit

y & No.

g ROCapacit

y & No.

h DMCapacit

y & No.

i DG stackCapacit

y & No.

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1

175

KV

A,

1


259

S.No


8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

5 Source of Water

6

Ambient Air Analysis

As per MoEF&CC

Approved Analytical

Laboratories (Primary

Pollutants).

Particul

ate

Matter

2.5

(KSPCB

Approve

d)

µg/m

3

Particul

ate

Matter

10

(KSPCB

Approve

d)

µg/m3

SO2µg/m

3

NOxµg/m

3

7

Ambient Air Analysis

As per MoEF&CC

Approved Analytical

Laboratories (Other

Pollutants).

VOC ppm

NH3µg/m

3

Chlorineµg/m

3

HBrµg/m

3

HFµg/m

3

H2Sµg/m

3

HClµg/m

3

8

DG Stack Analysis

Report as per

MoEF&CC Approved

PMmg/N

m3

SOx mg/N


260

S.No


8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

Analytical

Laboratories

m3

NOxmg/N

m3

9

Boiler Stack Analysis

Report as per

MoEF&CC Approved

Analytical

Laboratories

PMmg/N

m3

SOxmg/N

m3

NOxmg/N

m3

10

Wastewater Details

Raw Effluent

High TDS Effluent

(MEE Outflow

Quantity)

KL/y

ear

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

137

2

Low TDS Effluent

(ETP Outflow

Quantity)

KL/y

ear343 343 343 343 343 343 343 343 343

Capacity of ETP

Sewage Outflow

Quantity

KL/y

ear

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

368.

65

High TDS MEE

Outflow Quality As

per MoEF&CC

approved

Laboratories.

pH

O&G mg/L

TDS mg/L

TSS mg/L

BOD mg/L

COD mg/L

Low TDS Outflow

Quality as per

MoEF&CC approved

Laboratories.

pH

O&G mg/L

TDS mg/L

TSS mg/L

BOD mg/L

COD mg/L

Ammoni

cal

Nitrogen

mg/L

Sewage Outflow

Quality as per

pH

O&G mg/L


261

S.No


8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

MoEF&CC approved

Laboratories.

TDS mg/L

TSS mg/L

BOD mg/L

COD mg/L

Disposal of SewageKL/y

ear

Mode of Disposal of

SewageThe treated water from MEE is used for flushing and gardening.

Capacity of STP

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

No

STP

only

Soa

k Pit

11

Process Vent viz

VOC, Chlorine, Hcl,

Ammonia

12

Hazardous Waste

Approved Qtyas per

KSPCBConsent 2007

1) Used /Spent oil KL/A 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

2) Oil soaked cotton

wasteMT/A

3) Spent

Residue(From

process)

MT/A24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

24.7

5

4) Spent Catalyst MT/A

5) HDPE used liners MT/A 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

6) Disposal of empty

waste chemicals

drums

MT/A 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

7) MEE Salt& ETP

sludgeMT/A 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21

8) Spent Carbon MT/A


262

S.No


8200

9201

0201

1201

2201

3201

4201

5201

6

13

Municipal SolidWaste

1) Organic waste MT/A 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

2) Inorganic waste MT/A 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5

14Deforestation &

Removal of trees0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


263

7.7.1.1 Evaluation of Damage

The set source is provided with stack of adequate height & scrubbers, so as to disperse the

emanating flue gases containing sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen without affecting the ground

level concentrations.

Table 7-2 Quantification of Emissions

Pollutant

Max.Baseline

Conc.(µg/m3)


Conc. atsource(µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQstandard

Distancefrom

SourceDirection %increase

SO2 12.6 3.104 15.704 80 1 W 24.63

NOx 26.1 3.593 29.693 80 1 W 13.76

PM10 63.1 0.574 63.674 100 1 W 0.91

Source Fuel quantity: Project proponent

Source for Emission calculation:

1. Air Quality Assessment, Emission Inventory by NEERI

2. #: Source- Environmental Pollution book by Vijay P Singh, Ram Narayan Yadava, 2003

3. http://www.vtpi.org/tca/tca0510.pdf

7.7.1.1.1 Air Modelling

Table 7-3 Existing Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler1.5 TPH Coal 1 22 0.3 125 8.8 0.081 0.440 0.509

175 KVADG Diesel 1 10 0.15 150 9 8.61 *

10^-76.67 *10^-9

1.31 *10^-5



264

Table 7-4 Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m)

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler 2TPH Coal 1 27 0.3 150 10 0.104 0.001 1.579

250KVADG Diesel 1 15 0.15 380 8 1.21 *

10^-69.33 *10^-9

1.83 *10^-5


Since emissions are very less and DG sets are used as Backup, no contours generated. So it can

be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum.


The source of wastewater generation from Industry as follows:


Boiler and cooling water blow down


Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

7.7.2.1 Ground water Consumption

The fresh water requirement for the existing facility is 8.775 KLD, which is met from private water

suppliers.

Table 7-5 Existing water consumption

Water requirement Existing(KLD)

Domestic 0.8Process 2.9Scrubber 1.2Lab Plant Wash 0.5Boiler Feed 1.5Gardening 0.875Cooling water make up 1.0

Total 8.775


265

7.7.2.2 Waste water Generation

The sewage from domestic use will be sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored collection tank and neutralized, and then sent to

MEE, Condensate will be recycled to cooling tower and boiler feed though softener. MEE

concentrate will be sent to Centrifuge, Salt from Centrifuge will be sent to TSDF.

Table 7-6 Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2007 to 2018

S.No

Description

2007 -2008

2008-2009

2009-2010

2010-

2011

2011-

2012

2012-

2013

2013-

2014

2014-

2015

2015 -2016

2016-2017

2017-2018

1HighTDS(KLA)

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

1569.5

2 Low TDS(KLA) 109.5 109.5 109.5 109.

5109.

5109.

5109.

5109.

5 109.5 109.5 109.5

3 Sewage(KLA)

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

237.25

Note: Quantity(KLD)*365 calculated for annum


266

CHAPTER – 8PROJECT BENEFITS


267

8. Project Benefits

The project is commercial manufacturing of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products that will play a vital role in the

respective sector thereby addressing the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding to the

revenue of the nation.

The corporate social responsibilities which are taken up by the company will improve the

well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the protection of the

environment will help in conserving the ecosystem.

It will also provide employment opportunities for additional population.


268


COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


269

9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

(not recommended during Scoping)


270


MANAGEMENT PLAN


271

10. Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the M/S. Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL), identifies

the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and minimize the environmental

impacts of the proposed minor construction and operational activities associated with the

expansion project development. It is intended to ensure the commitments made by the CBL to

minimize project related environmental and social impacts.

As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social performance the

proponent will ensure the following:

Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.

Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for environmental and

performance of the project.

Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and contractors

through training, identification of roles and responsibilities towards environmental

management

Linking project performance to overall environmental performance.

To monitor the environmental performance throughout the project and implement an

adaptive management approach for continuous improvement and to meet the regulations.

10.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell) responsible for

implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as monitoring of

such implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval conditions.

Continue baseline monitoring

Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts like.

Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.

Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions

To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental

Management Plan.

To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.


272

Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures.

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities

10.3.1 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

All the activities will be monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of all

environmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmental

management plan compliance is not satisfactory.

For effective implementation of the system, it is also necessary to have a permanent

organizational set-up. Company has set-up permanent Environmental Management Cell

(EMC) for effective implementation and monitoring of environmental management system.

The company has assigned responsibility to the individual staff for implementation of

environmental control measures.

The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) set-up by the company is given in the below

Figure 10-1.

Figure 10-1Environmental Management Cell

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for implementationof the EMP as shown in

Table 10-1.

Executive Director of the company will be responsible for total environmental

management.


273

Table 10-1EMC Responsibility

S.No.

Name & Designation Responsibilities

1

Mr. L. Rameshwar

Reddy

(Director)

Establish an environment management cell.

Responsible for overall environmental management.

Regularly coordinate with GM and take feedback regarding

all the activities performed under EM and give directions to

succeeding component.

Provide sufficient funds for environmental management cell

to reduce the environment impacts.

2Mr. Narasimha Reddy

(GM – Operations)

Keep aware the Management about all the activities

performed under EMC.

To ensure and study the feasibility of ETP working

considering the present and future requirements and to

suggest for improvements if any.

To ensure, implement and follow all the required safety

procedures & facilities, avoid the unsafe act & conditions,

organizing safety trainings, mock drills, availability of onsite &

off site emergency plans. Plan & implement Good safety

committee.

3

Mr. M. Subba Reddy

(Admin & Safety Dept

head)

Treatment and disposal of trade effluents and sewage as per

consent.

Carryout ambient air quality monitoring as per consent.

Monitoring the stack / chimney.

Hazardous waste management handling and disposal.

Plan and maintain adequate number of trees and gardens

around the Industry

Applying and getting the Consent For Operation for air, water

and authorization to store the hazardous waste

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and

budget for environment management program.

To deal with the environmental issues and ensuring

compliance to the conditions prescribed by KSPCB.

Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are

reported to GM and immediately required action is taken.


274

4

Executives

Mr. Anil

Mr. Srinivas

Mr. Suresh

Daily ETP department work plan execution.

Preparation of SOP and ETP related documents.

Sampling the effluent at different stages and analyzing to

check the efficiency of the plant such as pH, COD, BOD, TDS

and alkalinity.

Record the readings in the log sheet and preparation of daily

report.

Coordinating with outside agency to carry out the AAQ, stack,

fugitive emission, noise level monitoring and water quality

parameters checking.

Preparation of monthly returns (Form No.1, Form No.3 &

analysis report), Form No.13, Form No.4, Form No.5 and

compliance to KSPCB.

Ensuring Plant and Process Safety

In addition to the above, company will have Safety, Health & Environment (SHE) policy to adhere

with standard operating process in order to comply with the statutory and bring into focus any

infringement of any norms and directives with regards to the SHE and to take further corrective

actions.

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation

activity and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase on the

environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out gradually on

completion of the construction programme. However, once the construction of the project is

completed and its operations started, these operation stage impacts would overlap the impacts due

to the construction activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the following measures

shall be adopted:

1. Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriate sequencing and

scheduling of all major construction activities.

2. Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation in the

proposed project site.

3. Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees and flowering

plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaces which would serve


275

the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement of noise levels in addition to

improving the aesthetics of the area.

4. Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated during excavation,

levelling and other operations.

5. Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working condition with low

noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6. Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site through suitable

drainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposed disposal into the

main natural drainage system around the site.

7. Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris at designated

places to avoid water logging at construction site.

8. Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnel exposed

to high noise levels and locating the temporary labour sheds for housing the construction

labourers away from the construction site.

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-economic issues

that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring shall focus on evaluating the

effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The

mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall

focus on the following:

1. Air quality

2. Noise environment

3. Water quality and water resources

4. Solid and hazardous waste

5. Land environment

6. Ecology

7. Socio Economic

10.5.1 Air Quality

The major source of emission is from Boiler, Thermic fluid heater reactors& DG. The details of

proposed source of air pollution & corresponding Air Pollution control equipment are already given

in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.2.

Adequate stack height is provided to disperse the pollutants. Cyclone separator is provided for

boilers to control pollutants getting released atmosphere. Adequate green belt has been


276

developed to mitigate the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG-

Stack and Ambient air quality will be carried out. APC measures for existing and proposed

additional stacks are provided in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures

S.No.

Description of Sourceof Generation

EmissionAPC measures

Proposed

Point of Dischargeheight in meters

Actual KSPCB/CFO

1 Reactors Acid fumesIndividual scrubber

and stacks (2 Nos)8 AGL

3.0 ARL/

9.0 AGL

2

Boilers

Exsiting: 1x1.5 TPH&

Proposed: 1x2TPH

All Coal fired SO2, NO2& PM

Individual stacks

14.75

(1.5TPH)14.75 AGL

22 (2TPH)-

Proposed10 AGL

3

DG 1 x 175 KVA Individual Stacks 5 ARL 3 ARL

DG 1 x 250 KVA

ProposedIndividual Stacks 10 AGL -

4 Thermic fluid heater - - 10 AGL -

Fugitive emission

CBL adoptsthe following action plan to control fugitive emission from the reactors and odour.

The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condense.

Then outlet of primary condenser passes through the secondary condenser, emission

passes through condenser will get condense.

The condensed emission will be recycled to process.

From vapor condenser cloud it is again recycled to reactor,

In case of leakage of emission due to damage will be detected manually and repaired.

The process emission from the reactors is scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and vent

through the stacks of adequate heights.

Thus the fugitive emission is controlled.


277

Odour control

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervals and is

being submitted to the KSPCB.

The Environment team are trained on Industrial hygiene and sampling / testing

techniques.

Local exhaust ventilation at storage locations will be provided which will be connected to

the scrubbers.

Provision of turbo ventilators at strategic locations.

All the areas are covered with Air Handling units.

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/Cyclone separator will be provided by the

industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order to

check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations.

NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance of Air

Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.


Adequate Greenbelt width provided.

Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All the

vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission standards.

In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control measures as

to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.


The major source of noise pollution n the industry is DG sets, boilers, reactors, Air compressors,

Boiler feed water pumps. DG sets are provided with integral acoustic enclosures. Also the ambient

noise levels will be ensured within the ambient standards by inbuilt design of mechanical

equipment and buildings apart from vegetation along the periphery and at various locations within

the industry premises. The plant will be specifically designed with due consideration on minimizing


278

noise pollution. Higher noise levels will be felt only near the active working areas and therefore the

workers are provided with personal protective equipment as a safety measure.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the project on

the surrounding noise environment.

i. All the noise generating equipments will be designed / operated to ensure that noise level

does not exceed 75-70 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the requirement of Central / State

Pollution Control Board.

ii. Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise generated by

them.

iii. Wherever feasible, acoustic enclosures will be provided for compressors, DG

iv. Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time of purchase

of various equipments and it will be mentioned while placing the purchase orders and

guarantee for noise standards will be sought from suppliers.

v. Moreover, all the personnel working in other high noise generating areas too will be

provided with sufficient ear protecting devices.

vi. Green belt will act as a noise barrier.

vii. Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of noise and

importance of using PPEs.

10.5.3 Water and Wastewater Management

The water requirement for proposed construction phase will be 10 KLD.

The water requirement for operation phase of the existing facility is 8.775KLD, which is met from

private water suppliers. The additional water requirement due to the expansion will be 41.225KLD,

and thus the total water requirement after expansion will be 50KLD. The fresh water requirement

will be met from private water suppliers Details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2.

Wastewater Management details are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.4.4.3.

Schematic diagram of STP is shown in figure below:


279

Figure 10-2 Schematic Diagram of STP

Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater Recharging

The total quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an area is called the rain water

endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water that can be effectively harvested is

called the rain water harvesting potential.

The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an area cannot be

effectively harvested due to losses on account of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,


279









279









280

The rain water harvesting/recharging pits along the inner periphery of the boundary provided. Each

recharging pit will be of 3x3x2m (LBD) dimension. These recharging pits are filled with graded

media comprising of boulder at bottom and with coarse aggregates to facilitate percolation of

harvested rainwater to recharge ground water table. The recharge pits are interconnected in such a

way that the rain led to the first recharge pit is also led to the next pit. Rain water harvesting is the

technique through which rain water is captured from the roof catchments with closed pipe system

(without mixing surface water to avoid the spillage contamination) into the recharge pits. The rain

water harvesting and storm water management layout is provided in the Annexure 8.

Ground coverage = 3388.98 Sq. mt

Collection efficiencies of 80% = 2711.18 Sq. mt

Runoff of coefficients for Roofs Conventional = 0.70 to 0.80

Runoff of coefficients taken as = 0.75

Annual average rainfall for Bidar district = 827mm

(Source:Ground Water Information Booklet,

Bidar District, Karnataka,2008

Volume of water received (m3) = Area of catchment in Sq.mt x Runoff

coefficient x Rainfall per day (m)

Volume of water received (m3) = (2711.18 x 0.75 x 0. 827)/365

= 4.61 KL/Day


281

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Solid waste management

The source of Municipal solid waste in the industry will be from the domestic use. Solid wastes

generated will be stored and disposed to municipal authority.

Hazardous Waste Management

The various hazardous waste generated from the process are spent solvent, distillation residues,

chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discarded bags from the raw materials

section. The hazardous wastes will be stored separately in hazardous waste storage area and

disposed to KSPCB authorized vendors within a stipulated period of time. Hazardous waste

materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

Solid and hazardous wastes generated in the facility and their disposal methods are detailed in the



Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase of the

project on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by use of scrubbers and appropriate stack heights

for chimneys and therefore deposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and

surrounding area is not envisaged.

Disposal of solid waste is carried out through authorized vendor.

Plant is being maintained ZLD. No effluent is discharged directly on land without

treatment., impact on the land environment is not envisaged.

Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises. Accidental

spills shall be cleaned, reported and monitored.

Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid waste

or liquid effluent from the proposed expansion of production capcity and product change.

10.5.6 Ecology

The proposed project is equipped with sewage and effluent treatment systems, and the treated

effluent will be recycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14. Solid wastes generated

during the operation phase are disposed off through authorized vendor and hence no impact is


282

anticipated due to solid waste in and around the site. The air pollution control devices including

greenbelt already in place in the facility will control release of air pollutants to a greater extent. It is

expected that the ecology of the region is preserved by these mitigation measures.

10.5.7 Socio – Economic Environment

Proposed project creates employment for a population of 10 nos during construction phase and an

additional population of 45 Nos (permanent and contractual) during operation phase.

Due to the proposed project various modes of indirect employment i.e. transportation, increased

business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale business entrepreneurs etc. will lead to

development of the area.

10.6 Available Safety Systems

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant

A pressurized (140 m3/cm2); automatically operated Fire Hydrant System has been installed in the

plant with rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. Water reservoir of

200 m3 (Hydrant Tank) capacity is provided for approximately 2 hr fire fighting. Following are the

details of the system.

Jockey pump of 40 m3/hr @ 60m head capacity with pressure switches

Main electrical pump of 140m3/hr @ 70m head capacity pressure switches and delivers

water at 6 kg/cm2

Yard Hydrant points - 16 Nos.

Hose Boxes – 2 Nos. (Each Hose Box contains 2 Nos. of hoses and 1 No. of Nozzle)

Hose Reel Drums – 6 Nos.

Foam Concentrate tank of capacity 1000 Lts.

Water Monitor – 2 No.

Mobile Foam Unit – 5 Nos.

Two way fire brigade inlet – 2 Nos.

Four way fire brigade inlet – 1No.

Automatic sprinkler system in chemical storage tank area.


283

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguishers:

Depending on the combustible material, fires have been classified into four types. Suitability of

extinguishing media for different fires is provided in Table 10-3.

Table 10-3 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires

S.No Class of fire Suitable Fire Extinguisher

1.Class A:Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber &

plastics.

DCP, Mechanical Foam

2.

Class B:Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e.,

Petroleum Products, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam, CO2 and DCP

3.Class C:Electrical

DCP and CO2

4.

Class D:Flammable Metals i.e. Lithium, Sodium, and

Potassium etc.

Special DCP, Sand

The company has trained personnel for fire fighting and intends to improve the fire fighting skills of

employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

The unit has 49 Nos. of different types (CO2, ABC, Water Jet, Mechanical Foam, DCP and sand

buckets) of portable fire extinguishers placed in all prominent places of the factory. Table 10-4shows area wise fire extinguisher available.

Table 10-4 Extinguisher Based on Area

S. NO. LOCATION TYPE CAPACITY QUANTITY1. Security DCP 9 Kgs 1 Nos

2. Ware House DCP 9 Kgs 10 NosFOAM 9 Lts 1 No’s

3. Production I-Block DCP 9 Kgs 10 NosFOAM 50 Lts 2 No’s

4. Quality Control DCP 9 Kgs 1 Nos.5. Utility DCP 9 Kgs 1 Nos.6. Power House DCP 9 Kgs 4 Nos.


284

7. Distillation Column DCP 9 Kgs 2 No’sFOAM 50 Lts 1 No’s

8. Panel Rooms CO2 4.5 Kgs 8 No’s9. Boiler DCP 9 Kgs 2 No’s

10. Storage Tanks DCP 9 Kgs 5 No’sFOAM 50 Lts 1 No’s

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEs

The unit has total 2 number of Emergency cupboards, in that one at production block and another

near storage tank.

Each Emergency Cupboard consist the following items

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)

Air suits / Air Line Respirators

Nose Masks – 50nos

PVC / Acid Suit

Helmet- Provided to individuals

Ear Plug- 5 nos

Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals

Gum boot- to individuals

Safety Belt- in safety dept.

Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope

Fire Axe

Fire Proximity Suit

Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket

Resuscitator

Spill Kit

Safety Ladder


285

Emergency Flameproof Torches

Hand gloves-10nos

Spill Emergency Mitigation Procedure

Spill Kit is kept in all Emergency cupboard.

Once the spill is observed, Spill Kit will be collected from the nearest area/emergency

cupboard installed and neutralizing agent (if required) based on the nature of the spill. In

case if the spill is not controlled, immediately emergency as per emergency is declared as

per response procedure.

While handling the spill, use most appropriate PPE's like SCBA, chemical suit, acid/ alkali

proof hand gloves, face shield, safety goggles, gum boots or even respiratory masks with

suitable cartridges.

Once the spill is controlled using Sorbent pad/Boom collect in a double polythene bag and

secure with the plastic ties. Dispose it as per applicable disposal procedure.

Report the incident of spill to EHS department through online incident reporting System.

Once in a month, the items of the Spill Kit shall be inspected and recorded by EHS

representatives of the individual area.

10.6.4 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower

The unit has total 2 Nos. of Eye wash fountain / Safety showers, one in Production Blockand

another near storage tank.

10.6.5 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit has multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector can be used to

check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces

like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc and Oxygen detector can be

used for checking oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the

reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc.

The unit is having Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS), installed in all critical areas and these will provide

the alarm once the set level is crossed.


286

10.6.6 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator

Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings and Production block.

10.6.7 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)

CBL has done agreement with Dr. Krishnamurthy’s Hospital& Rehab Center (Inside Naya Kaman)

at a distance 5.9 km in the East direction, Bidar-585401 (Karnataka)for their valuable service

during emergency along with 24/7 ambulance facility.

10.6.8 First Aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First Aid boxes are

available in Security Room and Admin Block . First Aid items will be issued to injure only by

authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution

b. Ciplox – Eye Drops

c. Soframycin – Skin ointment

d. Silverex – Burn ointment

e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution

f. Iodex – Pain reliever

g. Sterilized Cotton Wool

h. Surgical Paper Tape

i. Small Sterilized Dressings

j. Medium Sterilized Dressings

k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide

l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide

m. Band Aid


287

n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also follows the below safety features to ensure

Zero Accident.

1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.

2. Work permit system with strict compliance.

3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and all

chemical are stored as per compatibility.

4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.

5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve outlets

are extended.

6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.

7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a year.

8. Body earthing provided to all equipments involved in the process, electrical earthing,

static earting and instrument earthing provided wherever required.

9. Air handling units (AHUs) with BIBO (Bag In Bag Out) are provided to keep the work

environment in controlled manner (air flow pattern, temperature and humidity) to reduce

the exposure to chemicals.

10. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided to ensure

good ventilation in the work environment.

Emergency Organization Chart is provided in the Figure 10-3.


288

Figure 10-3 Emergency Organization Chart

10.7 Mock Drill detailsMock Drills would be organized once in six months to evaluate the Preparednessand functioning of

OSEP. It is also planned to undertake few informed anduniformed mock drills (or rehearsals) for

meeting emergencies. Such rehearsalswould be carefully analyzed and shortcomings would be

identified and necessarycorrections would be taken up. Site Controller is responsible for planning

andexecution and evaluation of mock drills. Also information would be given to

statutoryauthorities.The Plant has been installed after considering very good design taking into

accountall safety aspects and also considering provisions of Factories Act and Rules

Wellexperienced staff have been recruited and suitably trained to man the process andother

activities of the Plant. In spite of taking all care and precautions, it is possiblethat accident may

occur due to human and system failures. Therefore, On SiteEmergency Plan which is considered

as essential document to fixduties,responsibilities and awareness of the staff is prepared to

handling thesituation effectively in case of emergency to minimize the loss to human life and

damage to Plant.Periodical training and mock drills with participation of all persons concerned is

beingconducted by the Management to improve the effectiveness of OSEP.Management has taken

all precautions and prepared On Site Emergency Plan tcontain and control the loss to minimum

possible extent. The suggestions offered by theconsultants as per the enclosure are being

implemented.


289

10.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL) provides a safe and healthy work environment to its employees

by conducting annual medical check-ups for all the employees.

The main objectives are:

1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.

2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its employees.

3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.

4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at work

and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will enhance

productivity.

5. CBL allocates a of fund 1.50 Lakhs per annum for Occupational health and safety of

employees.

6. Area monitoring is done.

7. Employees undergo annual health check-up.

8. All personnel are provided with personal Protective equipments individually as required.

10.8.1 Construction Phase

During the construction phase the following measures will be employed;

1. Personal Protective equipments will be provided to the workers.

2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that may

arise.

3. Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.

4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.

10.8.2 Operation Phase

General Functions of the safety committee are;

1. Conduct routine workplace inspections.

2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment.

3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.

4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.

5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.

6. Identify workplace hazards.


290

7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity of

injuries.

10.8.3 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess and monitor

employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the course of work; to

determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other treatment as needed. Effectiveness

of a medical program depends on active involvement of employees. CBLs medical surveillance

program include following major elements; AnnualMedical report of employees is enclosed as

Annexure 16.

1. Developing a OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.

2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations

3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.

4. Communications.

5. Emergency Medical Treatment.

6. Medical Records.

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees shall be subject to pre-placement

medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site. Potential exposures to the work

environment shall be considered before placing an employee on the job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-

employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such as changes in

the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures.

Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is essential to determine biologic

trends that may mark early signs of adverse health effects, and thereby facilitate appropriate

protective measures. The frequency and content of examinations are normally one year. Apart

from this for workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor

Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.

10.8.4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy

Safety, Health and Environment Policy of CBL is appended below in the Figure 10-4.


291

Figure 10-4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy


292

10.9 Corporate Social Responsibility

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfil the social obligations,

company employed semi-skilled and skilled labour from the nearby villages as much as possible

and also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing local

contract workers.The fund for CSR activities will be allocated as per the norms, every year.

10.10 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP)The cost estimate for Environment Management Plan is provided in the below Table 10-5.


293

Table 10-5 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan

S. No Equipment Investment (lakh)EMP

1. ETP 70.00

2. Lab 6.00

3. Green Belt Area 2.00

4. DG Acoustic 3.00

5. Online Monitor 1.50

Air Pollution Equipments6. Boiler Chimney 0.75

7. DG Chimney 0.50

8. Scrubber 3.00

EHS9. Fire Alarm Systems 0.50

10. Fire Hydrant System 4.00

11. Fire Fighting Equipments 1.50

12. Flame Proof Fittings 1.00

13. Safety Equipments 4.00

14. Annual Medical Checkups 1.50

Total 99.25

Recurring cost is approximately INR. 6.95 Lakhs/Annum.

10.11 Greenbelt Development Plan

As per the rules and regulations laid by Ministry of Environment and Forest, Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), it is legally mandatory to

earmark 33% of the project area for greenbelt development to promote integration of environmental

issues with industrial development projects.

The total land area is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres), which is completely fortified and protected on all

the four sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 10057 Sq. mt (2.49 Acres, 64.23%).

The purpose of developing the greenbelt in and around the industrial site is for:

1. Preventing land degradation and erosion of topsoil due to activities during construction

phase.


294

2. Containment and Abatement of pollution in the industrial environment, capturing of

fugitive emissions if any and thereby improving the quality of the surrounding

environment.

3. Substantially reducing the adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed industrial

activity.

4. Serving as a barrier for attenuating the intensity of noise generated.

5. Enhancing the biodiversity index of the region.

6. Adding aesthetic value to the project area.

7. Maintaining the ecological equilibrium of the area.

Existing Species:Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 10 Nos

Cashew -05 Nos

Gulmohar (Delonix regia) -10 Nos

Mango – 05 Nos

Proposed Species:Silk cotton (Bombax ceiba) – 10 Nos

Pipal (Ficus religiosa) – 15 Nos

Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 10 Nos

Gulmohar (Delonix regia) – 50 Nos


295

CHAPTER – 11SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


296

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Project background

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd. (CBL), proposes the expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products. The list of products and

their respective capacities are given in Chapter 1, Section 1.1 and Table 1-1.

The main activity of the industry is manufacturing of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Productsand the facility is located at

Plot No 50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur

Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State.

The Proposed Project is termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals

as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments requiring EIA studies of the project. The

facility requires prior Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment

Authority (SEIAA), Karnataka before commencing onsite activities.

The application along with relevant project documents was submitted to SEIAA, Karnataka on

06.08.2016. Based on the information furnished and the presentation made before the State Expert

Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the 171st SEAC meeting held on

22.09.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 36 IND 2016 dated 18.11.2016.

Since existing product do not have environmental clearance, as per the MoEF&CC Notification No.

S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAA has recommended the proposal to EAC,

MoEF & CC under Category A, 5(f) for appraisal. The ToR application was submitted to MoEF&CC

vide IA/KA/IND2/67976/2017 dated 06th Sep 2017.

As per MoEF&CC gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated 14th March, 2017 and its subsequent

amended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030 (E) dated 8th March 2018 and OM F. No. Z-

11013/22/2017-IA. II (M) dated 15th March 2018 & 16th March 2018, MoEF&CC directed to

appraise in SEAC/SEIAA. The same application submitted to Karnataka SEIAA on 12th Apr 2018

vide proposal number SIA/KA/IND2/23409/2018. The Proposal was considered in 199th Karnataka

SEAC meeting held on 2nd June 2018. Based on the information furnished KSEIAA had issued the

Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide File

No. SEIAA 24 IND (VOIL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.


297

11.2 Overview of Chiral Biosciences Ltd

M/s Chiral Biosciences Ltd (CBL), originally known as M/s. C Well Drugs was started in 1985, later

it was taken over by Karnataka State Finance Corporation in 2006. Karnataka Industrial Areas

Development Board (KIADB) has allotted this plot to Allied Fabrichem Pvt Ltd in 2008, which has

been renamed to Chiral Biosciences Ltd. in September 2008 with ownership. CBL is a privately

owned and professionally managed enterprise with its corporate office in Hyderabad.

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The company has

implemented zero discharge concepts and complied the environmental laws. The industry has

maintained greenery inside the industry & maintained well developed Green belt. Project overview

is provided in

.

11.3 Location of Project Site

M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd and situated at plot No 50/B, 50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11,

KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka

State.

The total land area of the project site is 15657 sq m (3.87 Acres) and falls in 56F-08, 56F-12, 56G-

05&02 of SOI Topo sheet and spatial location of the site is 17°54'43.35"N and Longitude:

77°27'59.90"E (Centre Coordinates).

11.4 Need and Justification of Project Development



The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and contributes

10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the

Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes domestic sales and exports.

According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector employs about 340,000 persons and

an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the Market Demand CBL proposes expansion of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Productswithin the existing

premises.


298

11.5 Project Description

The main activity of the industry is manufacturing of Bulk Drug Intermediates, Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech Products

The existing product is one number, namely Ibuprofen, with production capacity of 120 MTPA.

With this proposal, CBL proposes to introduce 26 numbers of new products with capacity of 231.6

MTPA. Thus, the total number of products after expansion is 27 with capacity of 351.6 MTPA. The

existing and proposed products details are provided in Table 1-1.

11.6 Cost of the Project

The total capital investment on the project is INR 5.00 Crores.

11.7 Baseline Study

11.7.1 Project Influence Area (PIA)/Study Area

A 10Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicentre has been identified as the

General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status. The core study area is the

project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the boundary. The

project area is the land where the project is being developed. Further the Project Impact/Influence

Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the core area covering Bidar Taluk Bidar District of

Karnataka State.

11.7.2 Meterological Environment

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15 km PIA from project boundary

is given in Table 3-1.

The micro-meteorological conditions during the study period for hourly data of wind speed, wind

direction and temperature were recorded at the project site. From the Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD) at Bidar Region (1971-2000), the annually determined wind direction is mostly

South West to North East. From the site specific meteorological data of study period, the

predominant wind was observed from NEduring the study period (October 2018 to December

2018). Average Wind Speed 4.1 m/s, the temperature ranges between 10°C – 34°C and the

average temperature : 23.5 °C, while the Average relative humidity is60.3% at the study region.

Bidar district receives an average rainfall of 904.9 mm.Bidar district receivesmaximum and

minimum rainfall of 213.3mm and 5.1 mm was recorded in the months of August and December

respectively. (Source: IMD data).


299

11.7.3 Ambient Air Quality

As per the ToR, AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and

other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. So,the ambient air quality has been

monitored at 8 locations for 18 parameters including 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the

study area. The average baseline levels of PM10 (47.1 – 63.1 µg/m³), PM2.5 ( 19.8-26.9 µg/m³), SO2

(6.8 – 12.6 µg/m³), NO2 (15.4 – 26.1 µg/m³), CO ( 0.33-0.85 mg/m3) and VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr, H2S &

HF are found below detectable limits and are well within the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the

study period from October 2018 to December 2018.


As per the ToR, Noise level monitoring at 8 locations shall be included. So,the existing ambient

noise levels were monitored using precision noise level meter in and around the project site at 10

km radius at 8 locations during October 2018 to December 2018. During the study period,

In industrial area day time noise levels varied from 58.7 dB(A) to 62.0 dB(A) and 53.0 dB(A) to

59 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day time &

70 dB(A) Night time).

In commercial area day time noise level was 57.0 dB(A) during day time and 55.0 dB(A) during

night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (65 dB(A) Day time & 55 dB(A) Night

time).

In residential area day time noise levels varied from 53.2 dB (A) to 54.7dB (A) and night time

noise levels varied from 44.5dB (A) to 52.0 dB (A) across the sampling stations. The field

observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels except few in

Residential area are within the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB (A) Day time & 45 dB (A)

Night time).


As per the ToR, Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface drains at 8 locations and ground water monitoring at minimum 8

locations shall be included. So,the prevailing status of water quality at 08 sampling locations for

surface water and 8 sampling locations for ground water have been assessed during study

period.The standard methods prescribed in IS were followed for sample collection, preservation

and analysis in the laboratory for various physiochemical parameters.


300

Surface water quality

The values range from 7.21 -7.81for pH, 199 – 232mg/l for TDS, 58.1–380.3 mg/l for Total

Hardness, 31.67 – 306.83 mg/l for chloride content, 12 mg/l – 123 mg/l for sulphate content.

Ground Water Quality

The values range from 7.16 – 8.04for pH, 216 - 475mg/l for TDS, 89 - 267mg/l for Total Hardness,

44.3 - 156mg/l for chloride content, 25.3– 80mg/l for sulphate content.


Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation growth,

agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality. As per the

ToR,soil characteristics should be included. So, the Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08)

locations in the study area. It is observed that,

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.32 -8.23.

Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 177-331 μS/cm. As the EC value is less than

2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature


Nitrogen content ranged from 44 kg/ha to 216kg/ha.

Phosphorous ranged from 22 to 126 kg/ha

Potassium content ranges from 55 to 187 kg/ha


The sensitive places in the study area is provided in the Table-2 of Executive Summary. As per theToR, detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shallbe given with special reference to the rare and endemic species.The species observed in the studyarea are mostly commercial crops and plantation crops and breaks were also observed throughoutthe semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forest types. There is no endangered flora or faunaspecies found in the study area.

11.7.8 Socioeconomic status

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The total geographical

area of the district is 5,448 sq.km. Bidar district is surrounded by Gulbarga district to the south,

Maharashtra State in the West and North. It is bounded on the East by Andhra Pradesh. The

population of the district is 1703300 as per 2011 Census. The male population is 870665 and

female population is 832635.The unique feature of the district is that there are many spoken


301

languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra and Telangana they speak Kannada, Hindi,

Marathi, Urdu and Telugu languages.

As per the ToR, Socio economic status of the study area should be included.So, a socio-economic

study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social and cultural conditions,

and economic status in the study area. The study provides information such as demographic

structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of human health and

economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial

development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction

and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed

project developments. The parameters are:


Infrastructure Facility

Economic Status

Health status

Cultural attributes

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas. Agriculture is

the main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low industrial base. A major

proportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. The proportion of net area irrigated to net

area sown is only 14.18%. The socio-economic status of the district and study area are provided in

the Chapter 3, Section 3.12.

11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the parameters are well

within the permissible limits as prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The main

sources of emissions will be from the D.G sets, Reactors and Boilers, Thermic fluid heaters

which are facilitated with stacks of adequate height as an air pollution control measure. Boilers

are provided with cyclone separator to control the pollutants. Due to the air pollution control

measure, the emission will be as follows, whose impacts are studied in Air monitoring.


302

Pollutants

Max.Baseline

Conc.(µg/m3)


Conc. Atsource(µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)

NAAQstandard

SO2 12.6 3.104 15.704 80

NOx 26.1 3.593 29.693 80

PM10 63.1 0.574 63.674 100

Noise Environment

Baseline study showed that the noise levels in both Industrial area and in Residential area arewithin the limits prescribed by MoEF & CC. The designed equipment with noise levels notexceeding beyond the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety AdministrationStandard will be deployed.

Water Environment


Industrial effluents from the plant are stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent is sent toforced evaporator (10 KLD), concentrate is sent to centrifuge, the solid is sent to TSDF andcentrifuge drain is mixed with effluents at neutralization tank for further treatment.


Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (30 KLD).The sludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will besent to ETP/ZLD/MEE (30 KLD). MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD willbe sent to TSDF.

The existing wastewater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be ZeroLiquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to any water body nearby and the treatedeffluent will be used for boiler / cooling tower blow down, washings.

The concentration levels arising from the proposed new stacks in the expansion project

are well within the NAAQ limits. Hazardous materials such as used oil, organic residue,

spent carbon, MS Drums, HDPE used liners and ETP sludge etc., will be stored as per

the prescribed/approved safety norms.

Hazardous wastes will be disposed through approved KSPCB vendors.


303

Hazardous materials will be stored as per prescribed safety norms in locations with

restricted entry and with fire-fighting facilities.

Land Use

As the manufacturing facility is located in the designated KIADB industrial area, the

proposed activity does not change the land use classification of the site

11.9 Analysis of Alternative Sites

Since the proposed expansion is within the existing facility alternate siteswere not envisaged.

11.10 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental monitoring programme has been formulated for construction and operation phase

and the same will be implemented. The effective implementation and close supervision of the

environmental management to mitigate the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to

the construction and operation phases of the project could be achieved through a suitable

institutional mechanism.

11.11 Additional Studies

A disaster is a catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plunged into helplessness and

suffering, as a result, need protection, clothing, shelter, medical & social care and other necessities

of life.

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment,

protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in this same order of

priorities. For effective implementation of DMP, it will be widely circulated and a personnel training

will be provided through rehearsals/drills to tackle the consequences of a major emergency at the

project location or its immediate vicinity.

The objective of the DMP is to make use of the combined resources of the project facilities and the

outside services to achieve the following:

Effective rescue and medical treatment of casualties

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any dead

Provide for the needs of relatives


304

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency.

A framework for DMP was prepared to minimize damages in the event of a disaster. An On-Site

Emergency Preparedness Plan was broadly prepared to deal with emergencies and prevent

disasters.

An institutional framework with specific assignment of roles and responsibilities was broadly

prepared with which location of Emergency Control Centre and Assembly Points are identified.

Communication system and alarm systems for effective communication in the event of a disaster

are broadly identified. DMP for natural hazards such as cyclones was broadly prepared. Mutual aid

scheme, composition of District Level Emergency Committee and aspects relating to community

involvement for dealing with off-site disasters were broadly prepared.

11.12 Project Benefits

The proposed project is a commercial manufacturing unit for the production of Bulk Drug

Intermediates, Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients, Specialty Chemicals and Biotech

Products that will play a vital role in the health care sector thereby addresses the market

demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding to the

revenue of the nation.

The corporate social responsibilities which are taken up by the company will improve the

well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the protection of the

environment will help in conserving the ecosystem.

It will also provide employment opportunities for additional population.

11.13 Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives of Environmental Management are to:

Identify key environmental issues envisaged to be encountered during construction and

operation phases of the project.

Provide guidelines for appropriate mitigation measures

Establish systems and procedures for implementing mitigation measures

Ensure the mitigation measures are being implemented

Monitor the effectiveness of mitigation measures


305

Institutional framework includes the responsibilities for environment management as well

as responsibility for implementing environmental measures

Take necessary prompt action when unforeseen impacts occur.

Based on the above objectives in mind, the following specific environmental management

plan/measures are discussed.

Administrative and Technical Setup for Environmental Management:

Rainwater harvesting:

Occupational health and safety: Occupational health & safety needs attention during

operation and maintenance phases. As per the MoEF&CC suggestion in ToR, broad

framework for Occupational health and safety measures are presented in EIA report.

Institutional arrangements/framework for environmental management.

The effective implementation and close supervision of the environmental management to mitigate

the environmental impacts, which are likely to arise due to the operational phase of the project

could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism. The proposed institutional

mechanism recommended for the implementation of the mitigation measures is presented in EIA

report.

11.14 Conclusion

Typically any developmental projects also trigger a set of environmental and social impacts. These

environmental and social impacts (proposed development will not envisage any resettlement) due

to development projects occur in different forms. An Environmental Impact Assessment has been

carried out to study the potential environmental and social impacts due to the proposed project.

Potential environmental and social impacts due to the proposed development on attributes like air

quality, noise, water quality, soil, flora, socio-economic, etc. have been assessed as part of this EIA

study. Appropriate mitigation measures to help minimize/avoid impacts from the development have

been recommended. The measures include avoidance measures, mitigation measures and

environmental enhancement measures.

Anticipated project impacts and prevailing environmental issues are manageable and can be

avoided or mitigated or minimized to acceptable standards. Potential impacts have been identified

attributable to the proposed project and most of which are localized and temporary in nature and

can be mitigated with minor to negligible residual impacts.


306

The effective implementation and close supervision of environmental management to mitigate the

environmental impacts could be achieved through a suitable institutional mechanism proposed in

this EIA.


307

CHAPTER – 12DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


308

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project at Plot No 50/B,

50/C &51/A, / Survey No.305 & 11, KIADB Kolhar Industrial Area, Kolhar & Nizampur Village, Bidar

Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State, M/s. Chiral Biosciences Ltd. has engaged Hubert Enviro

Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai, to undertake EIA study. The nature of consultancy service

rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the vision to serve the

world in all environmental related problems by completing the latest technological advancements

available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd after having

collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like Thermal Power

Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks, Residential Complexes,

Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development, supply, erection,

commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully executed more than 200

environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors both in India and overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and engineering

solutions.

Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees

Total No of Employees 736

Consultancy 26

Laboratory 77

Projects 19

Operation & Maintenance 614


309

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Certificate No &

Date of validityNABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA0083

MoEF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) is a constituent board of the

Quality Council of India (QCI). QCI, NABET has accredited HECS for carrying out Category ‘A &

Category B’ EIA studies in the following sectors:


310

Note: List ‘A’ – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations Complying with Version 3 of the Scheme

– as on September 08, 2019 (#)

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in


311

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITEDA-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500

environmental impact assessment report for …kolhar and nizampur village, bidar taluk, bidar...

Documents